188
D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology Issued by ABUD Date: 11-08-2014 Version: V13 Deliverable number D-2.5 Task number: Task 2.5 Status: : Final Dissemination level: PROJECT FUNDED BY THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIY IN THE 7 TH FRAMEWORK PROGRAMME Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting. Grant Agreement no.: 609060

Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    0

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

Definition of a Systemic Public

Building and District Retrofitting

Methodology

Issued by ABUD

Date: 11-08-2014

Version: V13

Deliverable number D-2.5

Task number: Task 2.5

Status: : Final

Dissemination level:

PROJECT FUNDED BY THE EUROPEAN

COMMUNITIY IN THE 7TH FRAMEWORK

PROGRAMME

Affordable and Adaptable

Public Buildings through

Energy Efficient Retrofitting.

Grant Agreement no.: 609060

Page 2: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology

1

Authors

Ida Kiss ABUD Engineering Ltd.

Dr. Zsuzsa Szalay ABUD Engineering Ltd.

Adrienn Gelesz ABUD Engineering Ltd.

Dr. András Reith ABUD Engineering Ltd.

Eneritz Barreiro Sanchez TECNALIA

Amaia Urriarte Arien TECNALIA

Dr. Veronika Schröpfer ACE Architects' Council of Europe

Johanna Andersson IVL Swedish Environmental Research Institute

Johanna Fredén IVL Swedish Environmental Research Institute

Susanna Roth IVL Swedish Environmental Research Institute

Daniela Reccardo D’Appolonia S.p.A.

Marco Morando D’Appolonia S.p.A.

Ana Rodríguez Pando ACCIONA

Document history

V Date Organisation Author Description

1.0 02-04-2014 ABUD Ida Kiss First draft

2.0 29-04-2014 ABUD Ida Kiss KPIs, literature review, draft chapters 5-7 (ABUD, D’APP)

3.0 14-05-2014 ABUD Ida Kiss Development in Chapter 6 (CAE)

4.0 16-05-2014 ABUD Ida Kiss Chapter 7 finalised (D’APP) and legislations’ (CAE)

5.0 28-06-2014 ABUD Ida Kiss Draft stakeholders’ analysis (IVL) + Chapter 8 addded (Acciona)

6.0 04-06-2014 ABUD Ida Kiss Advancement in Chapter 5. (ABUD)

7.0 12-06-2014 ABUD Ida Kiss Updates from D’App, IVL, ABUD

8.0 13-06-2014 ABUD Ida Kiss Updates from Acciona in Chapter 8.

9.0 20-06-2014 ABUD Ida Kiss Updates in Chapters 4-9

10.0 28-06-2014 ABUD Dr. Zsuzsa Szalay Internal editing

11.0 16-07-2014 ABUD Tecnalia

Dr. Zsuzsa Szalay Amaia Uriarte

Chapters 10-11. Added

12.0 17-07-2014 ABUD Dr. Zsuzsa Szalay Ready for internal review

13.0 30-07-2014 ABUD Adrienn Gelesz Submitted to SC for review

14.0 11-08-2014 ABUD Ida Kiss Final

Page 3: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology

2

Disclaimer

The information in this document is provided as is and no guarantee or warranty is given that the

information is fit for any particular purpose. The user thereof uses the information at its sole risk and

liability.

The document reflects only the author’s views and the Community is not liable for any use that may be

made of the information contained therein.

Page 4: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology

3

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This deliverable developed a systemic energy efficient retrofitting methodology for public buildings and

districts. The two main target groups are owners and designers. The deliverable builds on the results of

previous tasks. D2.1 identified the different types of buildings and districts and their main

characteristics, which provides a framework for the development of the methodology. D2.2. provided an

overview on the available building and system retrofit technologies for energy efficient public buildings

and districts. D2.3 described best practice examples for public building and district retrofit, and relevant

European and national initiatives. D2.4 provided a methodology to assess retrofitting projects

concerning their financial profitability and also developed a financial tool.

The A2PBEER methodology starts with the analysis of the target building/district to characterise the

current conditions through Key Performance Indicators, which are compared to benchmark values in

order to identify the relevant technical retrofitting gaps. These will determine the technical intervention

possibilities feasible for the retrofit. After the analysis of possible synergy effects, technical intervention

packages will be selected also considering the main objectives of the retrofit as defined by the

stakeholder needs and the legal requirements. Finally, these packages are evaluated from financial,

technical and legal aspects through a SWOT analysis to assist decision making.

After a literature review on previous methodologies on retrofitting buildings and districts in Chapter 3,

Chapter 4 describes how to collect data and how to analyse data on a building and on a district level.

Tools and methods for diagnostics and simulation have been collected. A list of Key Performance

Indicators on three levels has been assembled for districts, buildings and elements to quantify the

current condition.

Chapter 5 describes the requirements given by the legislation and the stakeholders. First energy

efficiency regulations and standards are described on different levels: European, national, regional, city

and building level. The special focus is on the requirements in the pilot project countries: Spain, Sweden

and Turkey and on the specific regional and city level regulations in Bilbao, Malmö and Ankara. The

second part provides an analysis of the various stakeholders. The main goal of the stakeholder analysis is

to identify key stakeholders when developing a project, to collect information about their interests and

to determine whose interests are the most important to take into account. A general methodology for

stakeholder analysis has been developed based on a thorough literature review, that can be used in

retrofitting of public buildings. The methodology is implemented in an Excel-tool that helps to collect all

relevant information and identify the key stakeholders. In addition, questionnaires have been developed

for the two most relevant stakeholder groups – owners and users – to determine their expectations and

requirements for the retrofit.

Page 5: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology

4

Based on the requirements of the legislation and the stakeholders, the main objectives to be achieved

by the retrofit can be defined. For the A2BEER project, we defined this as the minimization of economic

resources and environmental impacts over the life cycle of the project, while achieving the net zero

energy level on a building or district scale.

Chapter 6 presents the method of gap analysis in detail. The main goal of the analysis is to identify the

areas of the building or district in a poor condition by comparing the actual state with predefined

benchmark values. The comparison is based on the Key Performance Indicators, which are evaluated

applying the methods described in Chapter 4. The benchmark values depend on the purpose of the

retrofit, on the climate zone where the site is located and on the building use. A large gap will highlight

an area where technical intervention is necessary.

Chapter 7 explains how to create a short list of possible technologies. This chapter contains

recommended strategies for reducing the energy use due to heating, cooling and lighting and describes

the most relevant solutions. The technologies currently installed in the building are compared to the list

of possible solutions and Best Available Technologies and the potential upgrading technologies are

identified. Based on the results, a long list of possible technologies is created. The analysis of constraints

(e.g. climate issues, monument protection regulations, etc.) will help to narrow down this list and

establish a preliminary short list of possible technologies.

Chapter 8 explains the synergetic effect of applying a combination of technologies on a building or

district scale, which will lead to a higher energy reduction and many more advantages compared to

individual actions. First synergies in the 75 best practice examples collected in Task 2.3 have been

analysed with a special focus on the occurrence of certain measures, the number of technologies

applied together and the connections between energy reduction and costs. Passive measures were

applied most frequently, followed by changes in the HVAC systems. The Chapter also highlighted that it

is difficult to find the optimum combination of technologies to achieve the objcetives of the retrofit. A

review of computational optimization approaches is included, but these are out of the scope of the

A2PBEER project at this stage. Instead, we suggest following some kind of strategy to prioritize

technologies, for example “system renewal”, “deep retrofitting” or “comprehensive improvement”.

Chapter 9 describes the steps to define technical intervention packages from the short list of

technologies. Furthermore, recommended technical packages are described for the four climatic zones

defined the A2PBEER project: heating only, heating dominated, balanced heating and cooling demand

and cooling dominated. These packages focus on the energy reduction of heating, cooling and lighting.

Chapter 10 presents the analysis of technical, financial and legal strengths, weaknesses, opportunities

and threats of the technical packages through a SWOT analysis. This analysis will assist the decision

makers to reach a decision for the low energy and cost-efficient retrofit of the building.

The methodology will be tested on the demo buildings, and revised and refined according to the

experiences. The methodology will be the basis for the Guide and tool for Public Building and District

Retrofitting (D2.6).

Page 6: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology

5

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

A2PBEER Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

AP Acidification Potential

BCR Benefits over Cost Ratio

CED Cumulative Energy Demand

DHW Domestic Hot Water

EP Eutrophication Potential

GWP Global Warming Potential

nZEB Net Zero Energy Building

nZED Net Zero Energy District

KPI Key Performance Indicator

LCA Life Cycle Assessment

LCC Life Cycle Cost

IRR Internal Rate of Return

NPV Net Present Value

M&V Measurement and Verification

ODP Ozone Depletion Potential

POCP Photochemical Ozone Creation Potential

SEER Seasonal Energy Efficiency ratio

Page 7: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology

6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.................................................................................................................................. III

1- INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................. 10

2- SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES .................................................................................................................... 12

3- REVIEW OF EXISTING DISTRICT/BUILDING RETROFIT METHODOLOGIES ......................................... 15

4- METHODOLOGY FOR THE IDENTIFICATION AND ANALYSIS OF THE TARGET BUILDING/DISTRICT .. 23

4.1- DISTRICT ANALYSIS ....................................................................................................................... 23

4.2- BUILDING ANALYSIS ..................................................................................................................... 33

5- ENERGY EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS, INCENTIVE SCHEMES AND STAKEHOLDER ANALYSIS .......... 57

5.1- LEGISLATION FOR ENERGY-RETROFITTING OF PUBLIC BUILDINGS IN EUROPE ........................................... 58

5.2- STAKEHOLDER ANALYSIS ............................................................................................................... 67

5.3- OBJECTIVES OF THE RETROFIT ........................................................................................................ 81

6- GAP ANALYSIS ................................................................................................................................... 83

6.1- ACTUAL STATE OF THE BUILDING/DISTRICT ....................................................................................... 84

6.2- BENCHMARK VALUES ................................................................................................................... 85

6.3- GAP ANALYSIS ............................................................................................................................. 86

7- TECHNICAL INTERVENTION POSSIBILITIES ........................................................................................ 88

7.1- ENERGY STRATEGIES ............................................................................................................... 90

7.2- GAP ANALYSIS & BAT ANALYSIS ............................................................................................ 109

7.3- DEFINITION OF TECHNOLOGIES LONG-LIST .......................................................................... 113

7.4- CONSTRAINTS ANALYSIS ....................................................................................................... 115

8- SYNERGIES OF APPLICABLE TECHNOLOGIES ................................................................................... 118

Page 8: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology

7

8.1- SYNERGIES DEFINED AT BEST PRACTICE EXAMPLES ............................................................................ 118

8.2- THE ADVANTAGES OF SYNERGIES AT DISTRICT SCALE RETROFITTING .................................................... 121

8.3- APPROACHES TO OPTIMIZE SYNERGIES .......................................................................................... 122

8.4- CONCLUSIONS ........................................................................................................................... 129

9- TECHNICAL INTERVENTION PACKAGES ........................................................................................... 131

9.1- STEPS FOR LOW ENERGY RETROFITTING DESIGN .............................................................................. 132

9.2- CLIMATE-RELATED TECHNICAL PACKAGES ....................................................................................... 133

10- SWOT ANALYSIS .............................................................................................................................. 154

11- CONCLUSIONS AND OUTLOOK ........................................................................................................ 161

12- BIBLIOGRAPHY ................................................................................................................................ 165

13- ANNEXES ......................................................................................................................................... 173

ANNEX 1. KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS .............................................................................................. 174

ANNEX 2. LEVELS OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY LEGISLATION IN EUROPE ........................................................ 176

ANNEX 3. STAKEHOLDERS’ ANALYSIS – DESCRIPTION OF EXCEL TOOL..................................................... 177

ANNEX 4. – QUESTIONNAIRE TO STAKEHOLDER – BUILDING OWNER .................................................... 179

ANNEX 5. – QUESTIONNAIRE TO STAKEHOLDER – BUILDING USER ......................................................... 184

Page 9: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology

8

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1. The sum of analized building and district scale retrofitting methodologies ......................... 22

Table 2. Categorization of public districts (from Task 2.1.) ................................................................. 25

Table 3. Parameters that influence the energy demands of districts (from D2.1) ............................. 26

Table 4. Public Building typologies for A2PBEER .................................................................................. 34

Table 5. Country level regulations/ performance based requirements for energy retrofitting of public

buildings in Spain, Sweden (BEEP, 2014; BUILDINGSDATA, 2014; EURIMA, 2007) and Turkey ................ 63

Table 6. U-values regulations in national building codes for Spain and Sweden (BEEP, 2014;

BUILDINGSDATA, 2014; EURIMA, 2007) and Turkey .................................................................................. 63

Table 8. Main instruments and funding schemes on an EU level ....................................................... 67

Table 9. Stakeholders needs and requirements from the generic analysis ........................................ 78

Table 10. Assessment of the stakeholders power and interest on a building scale ............................. 79

Table 11. Strategies and potential technologies/solutions/measures to reduce heating loads. .......... 96

Table 12. Strategies and potential technologies to reduce cooling loads............................................. 99

Table 13. Strategies to increase daylighting ........................................................................................ 102

Table 14. Daily, monthly and annual electricity production for the optimum orientation of 1 kWpeak

power solar mono crystalline photovoltaic panel in each of the demo locations (source: PVGIs, JRC) .. 105

Table 15. Possible intervention areas identified by the KPIs analysis ................................................. 111

Table 16. Best Available Techniques (BAT) list .................................................................................... 112

Table 17. Per cent of applications of a certain technology in combination with a second, among the

collected retrofitting examples. ............................................................................................................... 121

Table 18. A2PBEER targeted climate classification (Refer to D2.1 for further details) ....................... 134

Table 19. Potential solutions to reduce heating and cooling loads. ................................................... 143

Table 20. Potential solutions to reduce the lighting needs. ................................................................ 147

Table 21. Potential solutions to reduce fuel consumption in HVAC systems to satisfy heating cooling

149

Table 22. Potential solutions to integrate renewables generation. .................................................... 153

Table 23. Envelope solutions that reduce heating and cooling loads ................................................. 156

Table 24. Reduce lighting needs .......................................................................................................... 157

Table 25. Reduce fuel consumption in HVAC, ..................................................................................... 157

Table 26. Increased renewable use ..................................................................................................... 158

Table 27. ICT and Building Energy Management System .................................................................... 159

Table 28. District heating and cooling. ................................................................................................ 159

Page 10: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology

9

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1. A2PBEER WP2 Task 2.5. Methodology .................................................................................. 14

Figure 2. Key elements of building retrofitting (Ma et al, 2012) .......................................................... 16

Figure 3. The general structure of EPA-NR (Poel et al. 2007) ............................................................... 17

Figure 4. A systemic approach for sustainable building retrofits (Ma et al, 2012) .............................. 20

Figure 5. Specific energy use (kWh/m2yr) in public buildings (BPIE, 2011) ......................................... 35

Figure 6. Steps of building diagnostics ................................................................................................. 36

Figure 7. Identification of a failure ....................................................................................................... 37

Figure 8. Degradation process (Source: Sommerville 1986; Tuutti, 1982 in Borosnyói 2014) ............. 38

Figure 9. Energy balance of a building (Kurnitski et al. 2011) .............................................................. 51

Figure 10. Relationships in the building value chain (WBSD, 2008) ....................................................... 70

Figure 12. The identified stakeholders’ possible interactions ................................................................ 76

Figure 13. Power versus interest grid for the stakeholders on a building scale ..................................... 80

Figure 14. Methodology of gap analysis ................................................................................................. 84

Figure 15. Example for gap analysis ........................................................................................................ 87

Figure 16. Methodology for determining the short list of possible technologies .................................. 89

Figure 18. Energy balance of a building (Source ISO 13790: 2004 Thermal performance of buildings) 93

Figure 20. General strategies for reducing the heating loads. ............................................................... 96

Figure 21. Principles of cooling strategies (Source IEA2010-SHC Annex 41) .......................................... 97

Figure 22. Strategies and potential technologies to reduce cooling loads............................................. 99

Figure 23. Principle of daylight strategy (Source IEA-SHG, Annex 41) ................................................. 100

Figure 24. Daily electricity production for the optimum orientation of KWpeak power solar mono

crystalline photovoltaic panel in each of the demo locations (source: PVGIs, JRC) ................................ 105

Figure 25. List of potential upgrading technologies ............................................................................. 113

Figure 26. Scheme describing the definition of the technologies long list ........................................... 114

Figure 27. Scheme describing the definition of the preliminary technologies short-list ..................... 117

Figure 28. Strategies and technologies by number of times applied. .................................................. 119

Figure 29. Amount of combined technologies applied in the retrofitting interventions. .................... 119

Figure 30. Average cost and energy consumption reduction for interventions applying the same

amount of combined technologies. ......................................................................................................... 120

Figure 31. Example for the optimum insulation thickness of an attic slab with different insulation

materials (Medgyasszay and Szalay, 2014) .............................................................................................. 123

Figure 32. Pareto front (full circles) of an optimization problem and the dominated solutions (empty

circles) (Csík, 2014) ................................................................................................................................... 125

Figure 35. Proposed climate classification for A2PBEER ....................................................................... 134

Figure 36. Barcelona’s monthly solar irradiation, temperature and relative humidity. ...................... 135

Figure 37. Ankara’s monthly solar irradiation, temperature and relative humidity variation. ............ 139

Figure 38. Malmö’s monthly solar irradiation, temperature and relative humidity. ........................... 141

Page 11: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology

10

1- INTRODUCTION

Building energy consumption accounts for 40% of total final energy and approximately 33% of the total

carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions in Europe in which energy requirements of buildings built before 1980

represents approximately 95%. Therefore, the management of the existing building stock is gaining

more and more attention. The performance of buildings decreases throughout their service life due to

environmental conditions and different inherent factors. When the performance reaches the minimum

acceptable level, two options are available: demolition and construction of a new building

corresponding to contemporary requirements or retrofit the existing one. In general, when the whole

life cycle of a building is taken into account, refurbishment is preferred to demolition and replacement

of the building (Horváth and Szalay, 2011). The renovation rate of building stock is low, only 1% per year,

which means that boosting energy efficient retrofitting is the only way to reach EU’s “20-20-20” targets.

The energy consumption of non-residential buildings is 40% higher than the consumption of residential

buildings, therefore the importance of public building (PB) retrofitting have to gain attention.

Retrofitting of buildings requires the implementation of various measures that have to be chosen

carefully. A rational decision model is required to select a set of these refurbishment measures for

results with largest total benefit. Therefore, A2PBEER will develop a systemic energy efficient buildings’

retrofitting methodology for public buildings and will take advantage of synergies derived from

interventions at district level.

Since the first energy efficiency regulations in the 1990s, energy-saving measures for new buildings were

brought into focus. Several developed European countries have implemented various provisions to

improve the energy efficiency of buildings and policies for newly constructed buildings occupied a

significant position in the 1990s. Yet, with entering the 21st century, the policies of some countries

gradually shifted to the energy-saving renovation of existing buildings (Baek, Park, 2011). Standards and

incentive policies have been established to accelerate the development of building energy savings. For

instance, in the OECD/IEA Joint Workshop on Sustainable Buildings held in June 2000, the participating

nations reached a consensus on the importance of the existing housing stock. In addition, the European

Ministers Conference on Sustainable Housing held in 2002 promoted the establishment of systems for

existing dwellings. (Rovers et al 2002).

Several studies carried out in the past decade proved that energy use in existing buildings can be

reduced significantly through proper retrofitting. The EU FP6 BRITA in PuBs project presents the results

of the energy and environmental assessment of a set of retrofit actions implemented in public buildings

(Ardente et al 2008). It is also proved that the selection of multiple measures to apply to a building

retrofit is crucial to reduce energy consumption. The most appropriate energy retrofit measures are

dependent on climate, building type and occupancy as well as the technologies applied. The results of

the OFFICE project clearly show that it is possible to significantly reduce the use of purchased energy in

existing office buildings by using passive and low-energy technologies. Substantial reductions have been

achieved both in thermal energy use and in electrical energy use. The results also show that these

Page 12: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology

11

reductions in many cases can be achieved at acceptable costs (Hestnes et al.). The hierarchical pathway

(the sequential implementation of building insulations, high efficient building services equipment -

lighting, heating and ventilation- and micro-generation) towards zero-carbon refurbishment can help

designers and engineers to reduce complexity by prioritising design considerations at each stage in

design and evaluation process (Xing 2011).

In the recent years some methodologies have been developed for building design and renovation, but

they have focused on residential buildings not addressing the district level, giving individual results

without creating economies of scale. The methodological approach of a single building retrofitting often

lacks the consideration of the specificities of the district in which the building exists, i.e. they do not

profit from the opportunities of integration and symbiosis with the neighbourhood.

In general, building retrofitting can be either conventional or deep energy retrofits. The main difference

between conventional retrofits and deep energy retrofits at building scale is while the prior one

generally focuses on isolated system upgrades (i.e. of lighting and HVAC equipment), it often misses out

on the opportunity for saving more energy. Alternatively, with deep retrofits it is possible to achieve

greater energy efficiency by taking into account the whole-building, addressing more systems at once.

Deep retrofitting is most economical and convenient for buildings with an overall efficiency

performance, with multiple systems nearing the end of their life-cycle. Neither of the afore-mentioned

retrofitting approaches takes into consideration the district dimension, giving individual results and

without the possibility of creating economies of scale and synergies with the surroundings. The concept

of scaling up sustainable retrofit to an urban level from individual buildings requires more attention to

socio-technological transitions and more perspective on long-term system innovation (Dixon et al,

2013). At urban scale retrofitting besides technical knowledge, technological options and costs, the

implementation of institutions, capacity, public and governance have to be considered more.

District retrofitting projects are usually rather large-sized projects requiring large investments financed

by private or public investors in programme logic, which often means that they are not affordable in

many cases. Moreover, the retrofitting process of public buildings considers the building scale regardless

of the district scale.

Innovation by the project

A2PBEER project will develop an adaptable and affordable Systemic Public Building and District

retrofitting Methodology that will tackle the retrofitting from the building and district scale. This

approach takes into account the possible synergies between buildings and districts. Therefore, the

methodology regarding the district scale must be particularly developed to make the process cost-

efficient.

Page 13: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology

12

2- SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES

A2PBEER project by definition aims to promote the generation of Affordable and Adaptable Public

Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting. For the purpose of the project a definition of public

buildings were chosen. In D2.1 - public buildings were determined as the following: buildings that are

owned or occupied by public authorities or are intended for the use of the general public. This

definition includes hospitality projects (e.g. dorms, elderly care) but excludes social housings, as those

are more similar to residential buildings. A definition of public districts (PD) was also drawn up in D2.1.

In most cases European public buildings are not alone, but they are grouped in a district. According to

the Cambridge Dictionary a district ‘is an area of a country or town that has fixed borders that are used

for official purposes, or that has a particular feature that makes it different from surrounding area.’ A

Public district is a district that is fully or partially set up of public buildings. Buildings of the same district

can have the same usage, same owner, same type of urban morphology, or can also be served by

common utility network system. However, there is no general rule on the definition of district borders.

Nonetheless, from the consideration of urban scale and the increased complexity new aspects emerge

and new driving forces are worth considering. The new scale can have huge potential advantages for

scaling up deployment of relevant technology, services and infrastructure to offset environmental

impact and combat climate change and also to act as centres or hubs of innovative social practice and

learning (Dixon et al). For the definition of relevant retrofitting gaps net zero energy requirements will

be reference base for retrofits. The definition for net zero energy buildings (nZEB) and net zero energy

districts (nZED) are formulated in D2.1., where nZEB is typically a grid connected building with very high

energy performance. nZEB balances its primary energy use so that the primary energy feed-in to the grid

or other energy network equals to the primary energy delivered to nZEB from energy networks. Annual

balance of 0 kWh/(m˛ a) primary energy use typically leads to the situation where significant amount of

the on-site energy generation will be exchanged with the grid (Kurnitski et al. 2011). Therefore, nZEB

produces energy when conditions are suitable, and uses delivered energy during rest of the time. Energy

performance of the building (EN 15316-1:2007) is the calculated or measured amount of energy

delivered and exported actually used or estimated to meet the different needs associated with a

standardized use of the building, which may include, inter alia, energy used for heating, cooling,

ventilation, domestic hot water, lighting and appliances.

The idea of net Zero Energy District (nZED) is essentially the same idea as nZEB applied to a cluster of

buildings. While some buildings may find it impossible to achieve net zero energy level onsite, due to

site constraints, entire districts can take advantage of economies of scale. It is important for buildings to

be as low-energy as possible, but if the balance of their annual consumption needs can be cost-

effectively met with central renewable energy generation from the utility, achieving zero energy

becomes more achievable to a wider population of buildings. A2PBEER tackles the energy efficient

retrofit of districts through buildings and infrastructure networks, the energy use of traffic is excluded

from the scope of the project and will not be considered in the energy balance of districts.

Page 14: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology

13

The main objective of this WP is to design a systemic methodology to be applied for the efficient

retrofitting of public buildings taking into account the district dimension around the buildings. For this

reason in the previous tasks of Work Package 2 preparation researches were carried out. In D2.1 public

building and district characteristics that are related to energy efficiency were collected through an

extensive analysis of all types of public buildings and districts. In the deliverable of Task 2.2 Technologies

and strategies for Public Building and District retrofitting were investigated and a wide range of assets

were identified and categorized. Best Practice examples on Public Building and District retrofitting were

also gathered in D 2.3. In D 2.4 financial aspects of retrofitting were examined including cost/ payback

period calculations and assessment. In order to make the analysis more useful a financial tool was also

prepared. Therefore this deliverable has a number of inputs which will be implemented in the systemic

methodology prepared in this deliverable. The methodology will take into account the district dimension

around the buildings and assess the socio-economic impact of the public sector retrofitting. After the

construction of demo buildings and during the monitoring activities, the methodology will be revised

and redefined. Finally, the methodology and different technologies and best practices will be integrated

in a “Guide for Public District retrofitting”. In Figure 1, the general structure of the WP is presented,

which defines the structure of this deliverable as well.

Page 15: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology

14

Figure 1. A2PBEER WP2 Task 2.5. Methodology

Page 16: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 15

In this deliverable a brief scientific literature is provided first. The aim of this chapter is to incorporate

the achievements of previous scientific methodologies and results of recently carried out approaches

dealing with the topic of retrofitting. As relevant characteristics affecting the energy use and energy

efficiency of districts and public buildings should be considered before a retrofitting process, the

methodology identifies a list of indicators for the assessment of existing condition and primary

indicators for the evaluation of interventions. Chapter 5 will be based on the proposed classification of

Task 2.1. and describe how to collect data, how to analyse and how to implement the collected data. In

chapter 6 energy efficiency requirements and standards are examined as they need to be assessed for

retrofitting as well. Besides the legislative environment, the project stakeholders’ and future users’

needs also influence the energy demand of buildings. Stakeholder groups influencing the energy

demand of a building/district will be identified and their needs will be discussed. Important financial

stakeholders in retrofitting public buildings and districts identified in T2.4. are included in this extended

analysis. In the chapter of relevant retrofitting gaps (chapter 7) a method is given for how to compare

the characteristics of buildings/districts and the requirement, and how to choose an energy strategy for

buildings. Therefore, this chapter will create the connection between chapter 5 and 6. Later on, in

chapter 8 technical intervention possibilities will be described, by means: the scale of intervention and

the conditions under the technology works fine. This chapter gives a list of relevant systems, system

elements which can be retrofitted in a given building/district, and the methodology for creating a short-

list of interventions is described. Chapter 9 dedicated to the synergies of technologies, and will be based

mostly upon the results the analysis of best practices from deliverable 2.3. The possible synergies are

further analysed with energy saving estimations. In chapter 10 intervention packages are determined. A

methodology will be given to choose the intervention scale; the scale in which the retrofitting can be the

most energy efficient. The best possible financial solutions for the various stakeholders’ involvement will

be described. This chapter also considers an investment analysis/ financial feasibility study for the

featured intervention scenarios. Eventually a method for SWOT analysis of possible intervention

packages is given including financial models, technical and non-technical constraints, legal opportunities

as well as threats.

This methodology will propose a refurbishment strategy, corresponding technical solutions along with

their typical cost and impact on energy savings and improvement of IEQ.

3- REVIEW OF EXISTING DISTRICT/BUILDING RETROFIT METHODOLOGIES

A comprehensive literature review is included in this chapter through an overview of existing systematic

methodology for appropriate, energy efficient and sustainable retrofits of existing buildings in order to

incorporate the achievements of scientific approaches and the results of other EU research projects. The

methodology of major retrofit activities defined by Ma et al (2012) is also summarized, such as energy

auditing, building performance assessment, quantification of energy benefits, economic analysis, risk

Page 17: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 16

assessment and measurement and verification (M&V) of energy savings. The Figure 2 illustrates the

phases of building retrofitting determined by Ma et al. and the key elements of each stage.

Figure 2. Key elements of building retrofitting (Ma et al, 2012)

Phase I

Project Setup and Pre-retrofit Survey

The evaluation of the existing building is essential in the retrofitting strategy. It is especially important to

help to avoid the shortfall when savings are found, in practice, to be less than those predicted in

calculations- often called the ‘rebound effect’. In TOBUS project four subjects were determined that

should be examined through the evaluation of an existing building: physical state of degradation of

building elements, functional obsolescence of building service, energy consumption, indoor

environmental quality. Degradation codes are used to describe the actual state of the building (such as:

good condition, some deterioration, service life is over etc.) and intervention codes (such as no action,

service, maintenance, refurbishment required etc.) for each part and object of the building. Moreover

different obsolescence criteria categories were set: user needs, flexibility, maintainability, as well as the

level of obsolescence (good, medium, poor). In addition the TOBUS project uses seven energy modules

representing the main energy consumption types, such as heating, cooling and ventilation, heat for

service hot water, lighting, equipment, electromechanical installations, water use. The data collection is

based on check lists and a questionnaire (Caccavelli et al, 2002).

Phase II

Energy audit

The importance of an energy audit for retrofitting is obvious, as energy audits enable a better

understanding of the energy performance of a building and its service systems, and identifying areas

with energy saving potential. Therefore based on the information collected during the energy audit

retrofit opportunities can be identified (Jaggs et al, 2000; Lee, 2000; Santamouris, 2002). Jaggs’ Energy

Page 18: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 17

Performance Indoor Environmental Quality Retrofit has been developed into a computer based

program. The program is able to specify the best refurbishment action, as well as give an initial cost

estimate and takes into account indoor environmental quality.

Performance assessment

As buildings go through degradation during their life time, building performance assessment becomes

essential to identify system operational problems and amortization of equipment. In the HELP project

Richalet et al. (2001) propose a methodology to assess energy use for space heating in single-family

houses from short term field measurements. They outlined three approaches of energy performance

evaluation, a computational-based approach relying on input data from energy audits, a performance-

based approach through analysis of building utility bills, and a measurement-based approach with in situ

measurement procedures. Issues of the project demonstrated the feasibility of the whole procedure.

While Poel et al. (2007) presented an overview of the method and software (EPA) that can be used to

perform building energy audits and assess buildings in a uniform way. The main goal of EPA-NR software

is an energy calculation for existing non-residential buildings (ENR). In EPA-NR it is possible to connect

building component libraries to the software to easily generate the input of common components like

different types of walls and windows. Apart from an energy calculation the software also calculates the

simple payback time based on investment costs of energy saving measures and the calculated savings. A

decision-making tool presented by Caccavelli and Gugerli (2002) has a diagnosis package used to

evaluate the general state of office buildings with respect to deterioration, functional obsolescence,

energy consumption and indoor environmental quality.

Figure 3. The general structure of EPA-NR (Poel et al. 2007)

Phase III

Page 19: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 18

Energy saving estimation

For the prioritisation of retrofit measures the quantification of energy benefits are essential in a

sustainable building decision-support system. The performance of different retrofit measures is

commonly evaluated through energy simulation and modelling. However, Asadi et al. developed a

multi-objective mathematical model to provide support towards defining intervention measures

aimed to minimize the energy use in the building in a cost-effective manner and help the evaluation

of technology choices for building retrofit strategies. This model explicitly allows the simultaneous

consideration of all available combinations of alternative retrofit actions. Furthermore, it considers

physical and technical constraints.

In the context of a particular case study it is stated that a static simulation modelling technique is

sufficient as an underlying technique for retrofit analysis (Murray 2012). In the paper the assessment of

retrofitting non-domestic buildings were considered using two different modelling techniques: Static

Simulation Modelling and Dynamic Simulation Modelling.

Economic analysis

There are methods (such as Net Present Value (NPV) method, life cycle cost method, levelled cost of

energy etc.) mostly used in economic analysis to evaluate the cost effectiveness of multiple retrofit

alternatives. Remer and Nieto identified NPV as the most typical technique for optimal building energy

assessment among 25 techniques. The economic viability of different retrofit measures through the use

of the NPV method was discussed by Verbeeck and Hens. They gave logical hierarchy of energy-saving

measures. Peterson and Svendsen used an economic optimisation method derived from the NPV

method to determine the most cost effective energy efficiency measures. A simplified and transparent

economic optimisation method to find an initial design proposal near the economical optimum. The aim

is to provide an expedient starting point for the building design process and more detailed economic

optimisation. The method explicitly illustrates the economic efficiency of the individual building

elements and services enabling the identification of potentials for further product development.

Risk assessment

As building retrofit has multiple uncertainty factors, such as saving estimation, weather forecast,

changes in energy prices, system performance degradation, risk assessment is vital for the retrofitting

strategy. Most commonly used risk assessment methods are probability-based, they include expected

value analysis, mean – variance criterion, coefficient variation, risk-adjusted discount rate technique,

certainty equivalent technique, Monte Carlo simulation, decision analysis, real options and sensitivity

analysis (Kreith, 2008).

The last two phases are described only briefly as they will not be the part of the methodology detailed in

Deliverable 2.5.

Phase IV

Page 20: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 19

Site Implementation and Commissioning

After the evaluation of the building, which might include project setup, retrofit survey, energy auditing,

performance assessment and the selection of best retrofit options based on economic analysis, energy

saving estimations and risk assessment, the selected measures will be implemented on-site. Test and

commissioning (T&C) is then employed to tune the retrofit measures to ensure the building and its

services systems operate in an optimal manner. It is worth noting that the implementation of some

retrofit measures may necessitate significant interruption to the building and occupants’ operations.

Phase V

Validation and Verification

In many cases the methodology contains the validation and verification of the implemented retrofit

measures as well. Standard M&V methods are used to verify energy savings. A post occupancy survey is

also requested to find out whether the building occupants and building owners are satisfied with the

overall retrofit result. The results from these studies indicated that M&V is an effective approach to

measuring, computing and reporting energy savings achieved by implementing retrofit measures.

Based on a similar review of methodologies and state-of-the-arts, a systemic approach to determine the

best retrofit measures for existing buildings are set by Ma et al. in their study. The approach is

presented in Figure 4.

Page 21: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 20

Figure 4. A systemic approach for sustainable building retrofits (Ma et al, 2012)

Page 22: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 21

The major findings of the review are summarized in Table 1.

Reference Scale Examined

building

type

Used retrofitting Main results

Ascione et al. building historical Multi-criteria approach,

performance analysis

Coupling of several experimental and numerical studies to simulate the energy performance effectiveness and economical feasibility of several retrofit actions.

Chidiac et al. building Historical,

office Multiple Energy Retrofit

Measure

More often than not, combining multiple ERMs is not as beneficial as the sum of individual ERM modelling.

Jaggs et al building Apartment

buildings

Energy Performance

Indoor Environmental

Quality Retrofit

The methodology has been developed into a

marketable computer based multi-media

program.

Santamouris et al.

(OFFICE project)

building Office

building

multi-criteria analysis A Handbook which aims to provide specific guidance to designers. The methodology is based on a total of 40 parameters.

Caccavelli and Gugerli

(TOBUS)

building Office

building

The software tool can then be used to define the most appropriate and cost-effective actions, to elaborate consistent refurbishment scenarios and calculate a reasonable investment budget in the early stages of a refurbishment project.

Asadi building Multi-objective model The model provides decision support in the evaluation of technology choices for the building retrofit strategies. The model allows explicitly for the simultaneous consideration of all available combinations of alternative retrofit actions. It also allows for the consideration of logical, physical and technical constraints.

Rysanek and Choudhary building Discrete options

analysis

The development of a new transient building physics and energy supply systems modelling process for simulating the effect of large sets of building retrofit options. The tool can be integrated with a further economic model and it is applicable to realistic retrofit investment contexts with respect to decision-making.

Raftery et al

building Systematic, evidence-

based methodology

The methodology presents a calibration of whole building energy models. This methodology can improve model accuracy through using building verifiable information in the model calibration process.

Verbeeck and Hens building residential Economic analysis- NPV

method

They discussed the economic viability of

different retrofit measures. The study gives

a hierarchy of energy-saving measures,

which should be respected by executing the

most effective and durable measures first.

Page 23: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 22

Wang et al. building A building investment

analysis method

associated with life-

cycle cost analysis,

differential Evolution

(DE) algorithm

The results show that it is possible to find

the most cost-effective long-term solution

that includes life-cycle cost analysis and

multiple option of retrofitting measure.

Heo building Risk analysis (scalable,

probabilistic)- based on

Bayesian calibration of

normative energy

models

A scalable and probabilistic methodology

that can support large scale investment in

building retrofits under uncertainty was

recently developed.

Menassa building Risk analysis

(quantitative approach)

It has quantitative approach determining

the value of investment in sustainable

building retrofits by taking into account

different uncertainties associated with life

cycle cost and perceived benefits of this

investment.

Gustaffson building Sensitivity analysis (use of a Mixed Integer Linear Programming model of a building)

The result shows that the Life-Cycle Cost for

the building is subject only to small changes

as long as the optimal strategies are chosen.

Most important is the heating system, while

building retrofits such as added insulation,

are too expensive to take part in the optimal

solution.

Kaklauskas et al. building Multivariate design and multiple criteria analysis method

A total of 12 stages were designed to

determine the significance, utility

degree and priority of the retrofit

alternatives. This method allows

for the evaluation of economic, technical,

qualitative architectural,

aesthetic and comfort aspects.

Ferrante, A. district residential Multi-fold approach

(interdisciplinary design

approach with socio-

economic aspect)

It is represented that environmental

sustainability and energy efficiency in urban

settings are more than technical problems.

Dixon et al (EPSRC

Retrofit 2050 project)

district

quantitative modelling

and participatory-

deliberative approaches

The paper framed the conceptualisation of

urban retrofit as a socio-technical process,

and has drawn upon MLP and transition

literature to achieve this back casting,

visioning and road mapping methodologies

underpinned by horizon scanning

techniques.

Deakin et al. district residential

Mass retrofitting The paper presents the case for socially

inclusive visioning. In that sense how the

community-based approach is equitable.

Table 1. The sum of analized building and district scale retrofitting methodologies

Page 24: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 23

Summary

Although the existing building stock is refurbished at a very low level, only 1% per year, there is a wide

range of research addressing the problem of public building retrofit. These studies have demonstrated

that through an appropriate retrofit the energy performance of existing building stock can be improved

significantly, though the exact energy saving potential of retrofitting is difficult to measure. As a result of

the analysis it can be said that best retrofit solutions contain comprehensive energy simulation,

economic analysis and risk assessment. The studies also presented that appropriate selection criteria

and weighting factor assignments are essential in the formulation of multi-objective optimisation

problems to select the most cost effective retrofit strategies. It also became clear that more in-depth

research is needed, investigating human factors on building retrofits, especially in case of district

retrofitting. However, it is evident that the district scale in retrofitting projects is not as significant as the

building scale and district scale interventions call for more attention on socio-economic drivers.

4- METHODOLOGY FOR THE IDENTIFICATION AND ANALYSIS OF THE TARGET

BUILDING/DISTRICT

Relevant characteristics affecting the energy use and energy efficiency of districts and public buildings

should be considered before the retrofitting process. This chapter is based on the proposed

classification of Task 2.1. This chapter will describe how to analyse districts and buildings from the

energy efficiency point of view, how to collect data and how to analyse the interconnection between

district, building and component levels. The buildings will be analysed as energy consumers, possible

energy generators and potential thermal energy storage systems.

The availability of renewable energy resources on district scale should be analysed and evaluated for

their potential use in both district and building scale retrofitting. Existing tools, databases and methods

are collected in this chapter that can lead the stakeholder in surveying the renewable energy source

potential in their district.

This chapter describes the first step of the A2PBEER systemic retrofitting methodology. The main

outputs are the numeric values of the Key Performance Indicators (KPI) describing the current state of

the public district and/or the public building. KPIs are structured on three levels: district, building and

elements. These values will serve as inputs to the Gap Analysis (Chapter 6).

4.1- DISTRICT ANALYSIS

This chapter focuses on the analysis of the district in order to develop a suitable retrofit strategy

considering its current condition and special features. The district scale should be analysed to a certain

extent even if the retrofit targets only one building.

Page 25: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 24

First, a summary of district classification is provided in 4.1.1. that was elaborated in Task 2.1. The main

energy uses of districts and the factors influencing it are described in 4.1.2. The condition of the district

will be evaluated with diagnostic tools (4.1.3.) and possibly simulation tools (4.1.4.). The performance of

the district can be characterised from various aspects with the help of Key Performance Indicators. We

assembled a list of most relevant KPIs to be considered on a district scale (4.1.5). The KPI values will

serve as input to the Gap analysis (Chapter 6), where the current state of the district is compared to

targetted benchmark values.

4.1.1. District classification

Task 2.1. developed a categorization of public buildings and districts building upon previous typologies

and research. Public disctricts can be categorized based on the urban context, usage and morphology, as

shown in Table 2. These factors will influence the energy demand of the district.

Urban context Usage Morphology

Closed District

PD1. Cultural districts M1 Introverted M2 Campus

PD2. Educational districts M1 Introverted M2 Campus

PD3. Administration M1 Introverted

PD4. Healthcare M2 Campus

PD5. Sports M2 Campus

PD6. Military base M1 Introverted M2 Campus

PD.7 Prisons M1 Introverted M2 Campus

PD8. Transportation M2 Campus

PD9. Places of worship M1 Introverted

PD11. Other M1 Introverted M2 Campus

Open District

PD1. Cultural districts M2 Campus M3 Mixed M4 Embedded

PD2. Educational districts M2 Campus M3 Mixed M4 Embedded

PD3. Administration M2 Campus M3 Mixed M4 Embedded

PD4. Healthcare M2 Campus M3 Mixed M4 Embedded

Page 26: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 25

PD8. Transportation M2 Campus M3 Mixed

PD10. Mixed M2 Campus M3 Mixed M4 Embedded

PD11. Other M2 Campus M3 Mixed M4 Embedded

Table 2. Categorization of public districts (from Task 2.1.)

Other characteristics that affect energy usage of a group of buildings and should be considered were

identified as follows:

Density, described by the floor area ratio: the ratio of the total number of built square meters

divided by the entire surface of the site including public spaces and roads,

Size, described by the built-in floor area of the district,

Connectivity: the way and intensity of the physical, economic, cultural, social or energy

connections of places, areas, districts and cities.

4.1.2. Main energy uses of public districts

As it was already highlighted in chapters of Task 2.1, the energy use of districts consists of the energy

consumption of the building stock and the energy use of urban infrastructures, such as transportation

and street lighting. The energy demand of districts is influenced by many factors, as presented by Table

3.

District morphology District usage Infrastructure

Density

Intensity of land-use (footprint)

Building heights

Street characteristics

Connectivity

Diversity

Residential area rate

Public buildings/non-

residential in the area

Industrial buildings in the

area

Street lighting

Electricity supply

Development degree of

transportation

Off-site renewable energy

Page 27: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 26

District heating/cooling

Waste & water management

Table 3. Parameters that influence the energy demands of districts (from D2.1)

Transportation-related energy demand is not considered in this study, since it is mainly determined by

other factors (e.g. type of public transport vehicles, number of passengers, peak hours of travelling etc.),

which are not related to the subject of this analysis. Therefore district energy use patterns can be

derived from the energy use of the building stock and other infrastructural uses, such as streetlighting.

In Chapter 5.2 of Task 2.1 it was indicated, that the energy consumption of buildings is highly dependent

on their type and function, which might allow the development of typical energy usage assessments.

This study focuses and therefore provides detailed information only on the energy use of public

buildings; but Europe-wide more and more data is collected and made available regarding energy

performance of residential and non-residential type of buildings other than public buildings. For

instance the authorities of some European cities (e.g. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Open Data, Rotterdam:

CitySDK and Vienna: ZEUS-EPC Database) constantly develop their own detailed database on the

building stock of the city or the region, containing information about building age, function, size and

energy consumption among others. Furthermore, international institutes, like the Buildings

Performance Institute Europe (BPIE) and international research projects, such as ENTRANZE, also

provide a rich database on the European building stock which could be used as reference in the analysis

of energy use, when no local data is available. In addition, more detailed information about examining

the energy usage of public buildings is provided in Chapter 4.2-.

Street lighting in European countries is usually provided by the local municipality, not only to ensure

good visual conditions in dark periods of the day, but also to provide safety and comfort (EPEC, 2013).

Therefore it is part of a larger infrastructure system and operated independently from the buildings. In

such case it is generally structured differently from the district borders, which raises difficulties in

monitoring the energy consumption within the examined district area. However in Closed Districts (see

in Task 2.1) street lighting can be part of a closed system, thus operated and monitored separately from

the urban electricity-grid. Data regarding energy consumption of street lighting might be conducted

from the local energy supplier company.

4.1.3. Diagnostics of districts

The goal of diagnostics is to provide reliable, actual data about the physical and operational conditions

of districts. The district is composed of buildings and the infrastructure. Diagnostics of buildings is

presented in detail in Chapter 4.2.3 and a short introduction on the condition of infrastructure networks

is provided below.

Page 28: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 27

Diagnostics also builds on the results of the questionnaire developed in Task 2.1. for building users and

owners to gather information that can be used to evaluate energy performance.

4.1.3.1. Condition of infrastructure networks

Before the 1990’s public utility infrastructure in most European countries used to be owned and

regulated by the state, therefore competition in this industry was highly restricted. Therefore in 2001

the liberalization of the market was promoted by the OECD’s Committee on Competition Law and Policy

to enhance competition and effectiveness. As a result, energy generation and distribution of public

utility services were separated from each other, however there might be small differences in the applied

practices between the different type of industries and also between countries (OECD, 2001b). Main

infrastructure networks through which energy is transported and distributed remained non-competitive

elements owned partially or entirely by the state, since they are expensive to construct and maintain

(establishment of parallel systems is not feasible), furthermore they represent high value. To ensure

competitiveness and fair access, the operation of these networks is usually regulated and controlled by

an independent authority to avoid the collision of interests. Although costumers have to contribute to

the costs of getting connected to the utility infrastructure, the construction and maintenance of the

energy distribution network is the duty of the utility entity, therefore they are in charge to provide data

and information about its status (Welter et al., 2011).

The condition of infrastructure networks has strong influence on the energy efficiency of the district for

several reasons. First, these networks transfer energy from the place of energy generation to the place

of consumption, during which the degree of energy loss is highly determined by the age and physical

state of the distribution system beside the design of the system’s tracing. Older networks usually result

in lower effectiveness and higher consumption, they could also cause service disruption, furthermore

they might not be compatible with advanced technical solutions, thus obstruct innovation. In addition,

old infrastructure networks were designed for higher energy demands due to the higher energy

consumption of old buildings, therefore they usually become oversized for buildings with reduced

energy demands, moreover they might not be able to receive energy feed-in from buildings due to their

one-direction-designed system.

4.1.4. Simulation tools for the energy assessment of districts

The energy use calculation of districts or larger urban areas is a constantly evolving area since presently

there are still not so many tools available for such a complex, big scale analysis; furthermore the lack of

attainable data about energy consumption patterns raises further difficulties. In general, simulation

tools focus on only one or two aspects of urban energy flows, due to the challenges of calculating with

the interactions between these diverse components. According to recent researches the followings are

the currently used usual type of methods for district scale simulations:

Page 29: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 28

- some simulations investigate only the surrounding environment of a stock of buildings and its

effect on the houses, generally examining climate characteristics, especially urban heat island

effect (e.g. ENVI-met)

- statistical or measured data on buildings’ energy consumption is used for assuming the supply

network’s loads, however this method does not allow the investigation of interactions between

the individual consumers and the energy supply systems (e.g. EnergyCity project - SDSS)

- micro-simulation of individual buildings’ energy consumption is extended to district scale

through the analysis of several buildings at a time, usually based on a three-dimensional model

(e.g. CitySim, UMI); in this case interference between the individual elements is also considered

to some extent in the simulation

- optimization methods take into account the combined loads of several buildings also with

regard to climate impacts to analyze the requirements of the energy supply networks,

furthermore the interactions between the system’s elements are considered in the calculations

(e.g. SimStadt)

The main direction of development of analysis tools aims to integrate several different analysis-methods

under one user interface thus creating a chain of analyses that formulate more complex and detailed

results, moreover to improve and simplify data-transaction and synchronization between these diverse

calculation steps (Perez, 2014; Huber & Nytsch-Geusen, 2011).

In the following sections, the above mentioned examples of energy simulation applications are

introduced shortly to give an insight into their features.

4.1.4.1. ENVI-met

ENVI-met is a free of use, three-dimensional, dynamic microclimate-analyzing model developed to

simulate the interactions between of the built environment, plantation and air. The program supports

the construction of a simplified 3D model of smaller urban areas with a simple user interface, where

special data regarding surface materials and plant-types can be defined. Climate data is partially

generated by the program based on the given geographic location, but some data (wind and relative

humidity) has to be given manually. The spatial scale of the analyzed area can be defined between 0.5

and 10 meters, whereas the smallest time resolution is 10 seconds. Microclimate data can be generated

in any optional timeframe and it can be displayed according to various data sets. The program lacks the

examination of the buildings themselves, it only provides information on the outdoor surroundings.

4.1.4.2. EnergyCity project – Spatial Decision Support System (SDSS)

The Spatial Decision Support System (SDSS) developed within the frames of the EnergyCity 2013 project

is a web-based tool that can assist in evolving strategies and measures for reducing energy consumption

and CO2 emissions of buildings in an urban-scale context. Data is retrieved on the one hand from

statistics, registers and measurement databases of building energy consumptions; on the other hand

Page 30: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 29

from the aerial thermography database that was created as part of the project. Buildings can be

analyzed individually or in groups according to the selected project-area.

4.1.4.3. CitySim

CitySim is a three-dimensional Java-based software, developed at the École Politechnique Fédérale de

Lausanne for analyzing the thermo-physical properties of buildings on urban scale, moreover for

visualizing the results. The program can simulate the energy demand of buildings regarding heating,

cooling and ventilation with the consideration of climate conditions and the occupants’ behaviour as

well; furthermore the possibility of energy supply from renewable energy sources. The development of

the software aims the generation of additional data with special regard to water flows, waste and

transport.

4.1.4.4. UMI

UMI is an interface for urban modeling based on the 3D modeling program of Rhino, developed by MIT.

It is able to model the environmental performance of smaller districts or cities with regard to thermal

energy use and daylight potential of buildings, moreover the walkability of the area. Climate data is

automatically extracted from the database of EnergyPlus. Similarly to ENVI-met, the timeframe of the

simulation can be chosen by the user.The program also calculates with urban heat island effect to

provide data about envelop radiation which indicates the accumulated solar radiation by the building

facades.

4.1.4.5. SimStadt

SimStadt is an urban simulation environment still under development, which intends to provide a set of

energy analyses on urban scale, on levels from a smaller district to a whole region. The program allows

the examination of heating demands, the potential of photovoltaics, furthermore the modeling of

different scenarios of renewables energy supply and building refurbishment. The analysis is based on an

enhanced format of 3D city model which contains not only geometric and graphical data, but other

specific information as well; defined in five different detail levels.

4.1.5. Key performance indicators of districts

A Key Performance Indicator (KPI) is a quantified measure of current performance, which can be used to

characterise the condition of the district. KPIs are applied on three levels: districts, buildings and

elements. The KPIs will serve as inputs to the Gap analysis, where they are compared to benchmark

values to identify inadequate areas and provide a basis of an improvement strategy.

We assembled a list of KPIs that are thought to be relevant for district analysis for the A2PBEER systemic

retrofitting methodology. The KPI values can be determined with the help of diagnostic tools or

calculation/simulation, as explained in Chapter 4.1.3 and 4.1.4. This section provides a short description

of the KPIs, including their unit, definition and relevance.

Page 31: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 30

The indicators are categorized into the following categories (full list in Annex 1):

- Total Energy Demand

- Renewable Energy Use

- District Heating/Cooling

- Microclimate

- Information Technology

4.1.5.1. Total energy demand (kWh/yr)

The total energy demand of the district is the sum of the individual building energy demand of the

district plus the energy demand for the operation of infrastructure (e.g. streetlighting). The energy

demand can be determined by data collection from all buildings in the district, or acquiring district scale

information from the local utility companies. A detailed description of building energy demand is given

in Chapter 4.2.5.4.

The total energy demand can be divided into the following components:

4.1.5.1.1. Heating energy demand

4.1.5.1.2. Cooling energy demand

4.1.5.1.3. Energy demand for hot water

4.1.5.1.4. Electricity demand

4.1.5.2. Renewable energy use (kWh/yr)

The renewable energy use will describe how much energy from renewable sources is used in the district.

Renewable energy can be produced on-site in the district or may come from off-site sources (e.g. green

electricity from the grid). The renewable energy use can be determined by data collection from all

buildings in the district, or acquiring district scale information from the local utility companies. A

detailed description of renewable energy use on the building scale is given in Chapter 4.2.5.4.

The renewable energy use will be compared to the renewable energy potential of the district

(benchmark value). The following renewable energy sources are considered:

4.1.5.2.1. Solar energy

4.1.5.2.2. Wind energy

4.1.5.2.3. Geothermal energy use

4.1.5.2.4. Biomass

Page 32: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 31

4.1.5.3. District heating/cooling

4.1.5.3.1. Existence of District Heating Network percentage of serviced floor area) (Y/N)

or percentage of serviced floor area (%)

District Heating Network availability determines the possibility to connect the building to the district

heating of the local utility service. The indicator determines if District Heating Network is available in the

district. In case of an existing building further indicators determine the efficiency of the Network and the

possible development technologies (indicators: District Heating capacity, Utilised capacity, Distance to

district heating connection point, System losses and Efficiency of existing district heating plant)

In case of non-existent District Heating Network the “Energy density” indicator measures the usefulness

of a possible network.

4.1.5.3.2. District Heating capacity (MW/yr)

District Heating Capacity is the average annual capacity of all energy generating plants/ sources.

The network capacity along with the utilized percentage of this capacity determines the efficiency of the

network and the possibilities of new building connections to the network.

4.1.5.3.3. Utilized capacity (%)

The Utilized Capacity is ratio of the used energy by the buildings in the district divided by the District

Heating capacity.

The network capacity along with the utilized percentage of this capacity determines the efficiency of the

network and the possibilities of new building connections to the network.

4.1.5.3.4. Distance to district heating station/sub-station (metres)

The shortest buildable distance between a building and the nearest connection point of the District

Heating Network

The distance of a building from the District Heating network influence the development cost of a new

pipeline, and the efficiency of the system.

4.1.5.3.5. System losses (kWh/yr)

The System losses indicator is measured by the coefficient of the total annual amount of sold thermal

energy and the total length of the district heating network (Ehrig et al., 2011)

The Systems losses indicator is an economical parameter for estimating the investment-costs and the

energy losses of the District Heating network. Therefore in general the heating plant should be located

as close as possible to consumers.

4.1.5.3.6. Efficiency of existing district heating plant (%)

Page 33: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 32

The efficiencies are determined at full load (100 %), continuous operation, on an annual basis, taking

into account a typical number of start-ups and shut-downs. The total efficiency of a district heating plant

equals the total delivery of energy by the plant (measured at the border of the plant site) divided by the

fuel consumption. (ENERGINET, 2012). An inefficient plant can be costly to operate, it is worthy to

investigate the possible district heating retrofitting scenarios.

4.1.5.3.7. Energy density (kWh/yr m2)

Heat demand density gives information about the suitability of a region/zone for district heating. The

heat demand density is the ratio from the total annual heat demand of buildings of a discrete area (Q

buildings) to the areas extending (Ehrig et al., 2011).

If the energy density of the district is suitable for the installation of a District Heating system it can be

advantageous for:

- equipment and maintenance (it has minimal space requirements at the customer end with

equipment of a compact size, which is simple to use, run and maintain and no maintenance is

necessary for the consumer)

- comfort (it guarantees an unlimited amount of heating and domestic warm water 24/24, and is

easy to handle and works automatically)

- costs (it entails moderate investment costs and very low maintenance costs for the customer)

- environmentally (it is often based on the utilisation of surplus heat which would otherwise be

lost, it can use a wide variety of local energy sources and renewables, it has low primary energy

consumption and CO2 emissions) .

4.1.5.4. Microclimate

4.1.5.4.1. Urban Heat Island (°C)

The temperature difference between the long-term average daily minimum air temperature (observed

over a year) in the district and in the open or agriculture area closest to the district (Unger, 2006). The

annual mean temperature of a large city may be 1°–2°C warmer than before development, and on calm,

clear nights may be up to 12°C warmer (Voogt, 2014).

Heat island effect reduces the heating energy demand in cities meanwhile greatly increases the cooling

energy demand and the human discomfort on streets.

4.1.5.5. Information technology

4.1.5.5.1. Smart Grid availability (Y/N)

The "smart grid" is a next-generation electrical power system that is typified by the increased use of

communications and information technology in the generation, delivery and consumption of electrical

energy (IEEE, 2014). The Smart Grid consist of controls, computers, automation, and new technologies

Page 34: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 33

and equipment working with the electrical grid to respond digitally to the quickly changing electric

demand (SMARTGRID, 2014).

Smart grid availability determines the possibility to connect the building to the smart grid of the local

utility service.

The benefits of Smart Grid accessibility include a more efficient transmission of electricity, a quicker

restoration of electricity after power disturbances, reduced operations and management costs,

reduced peak demand and increased safety.

Smart grid availability can increase the integration of large-scale renewable energy systems or

customer-owner power generation systems.

4.2- BUILDING ANALYSIS

This chapter describes the methods to analyse the existing condition of a public building to develop a

retrofit strategy.

A building classification scheme was developed in Task 2.1 that is summarised in 4.2.1. Then the main

energy uses of buildings are presented briefly in Chapter 4.2.2. that will determine which strategy to

follow. Chapter 4.2.3. focuses on the theory and main methods of building diagnostics and chapter 4.3.3

describes the calculation methods/simulation tools for determining the energy demand. Finally, relevant

Key Performance Indicators on an element and building level are defined.

4.2.1. Building characterization

The classification of public buildings in the A2PBEER project is based on the following categories:

Building type and usage

Construction characteristics

Morphology: shape and size of building

Year of construction

Energy systems and use

Other systems

The following table shows the A2PBEER Public building typologies:

Page 35: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 34

Public Building typology for A2PBEER

PB1 Buildings for healthcare (hospital, clinic)

PB2 Schools (kindergarten, primary school, grammar school, vocational secondary school)

PB3 Academic buildings (higher education and research : university buildings, research centres,

science laboratories)

PB4 Cultural buildings for day events (museum, art gallery, library)

PB5 Cultural buildings for evening events (theatre, concert hall, opera house, cinema)

PB6 Event hall (sport facilities, conference, canteen, fair/ congress building)

PB7 Office and administration

PB8 Accommodation (hotel, hostel, elderly cares, residential cares, nursing homes, prison,

reformatory)

PB9 Transport infrastructure (stations for transport service)

PB10 Other

Table 4. Public Building typologies for A2PBEER

4.2.2. Existing public buildings’ main energy uses

The main energy uses of public buildings include space heating, cooling, hot water, ventilation fans,

humidification, lighting, and appliances and other equipments (computers, elevators).

Page 36: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 35

Figure 5. Specific energy use (kWh/m2yr) in public buildings (BPIE, 2011)

Compared to residential buildings, the energy saving techniques are similar, but the installation of smart

energy management systems becomes more important because of the higher share of electricity use

(BPIE, 2011). Electricity consumption for office lighting is one of the highest end-use in this sector, hence

the installation of energy efficient lighting presents a high saving potential.

4.2.3. Building diagnostics

4.2.3.1. General description

4.2.3.1.1. Goal of building diagnostics:

- Providing reliable, actual data for owners / facility managers about physical and operational

conditions (degradation and/or obsolescence)

Page 37: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 36

- Assistance in decision making (intervention plan)

4.2.3.1.2. Approaches to diagnostics reasoning

- Top-down approach - Whole building level diagnostics

It investigates the possible lower-level causes of degradation from measures at higher level of

building-system hierarchy (House, Kelly, 2000).

For example: whole building energy use is a high level measure that indicates the possible

failures at lower levels. Navigating down through the hierarchy, the reason for the exceeded

energy consumption can be isolated.

Rating systems based on real energy consumption data (such as Energy Star) are adequate

indicators for top-down approach.

- Bottom-up approach - Component level diagnostics

It uses lower-level measures to identify a problem, and determines its impact on building

performance. (If the impact is large, correcting the problem is high priority.) (House, Kelly, 2000)

4.2.3.1.3. Methods of diagnostic procedure

- Manual procedure

- Automated procedure

- Semi-automated procedure

The basic steps of building diagnostics are shown in Figure 6.

Figure 6. Steps of building diagnostics

Page 38: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 37

4.2.3.2. Types of failures

Failure of a building component has adverse impact(s) on the optimal / economical operation of the

building-(sub)system(s) and often leads to loss of function. Identification of a failure is a multi-level

process (Borosnyói, 2014) (Figure 7).

Failures can be classified as abrupt failure (e.g. a broken element) and degradation failure (e.g.

corrosion). Abrupt failures are easier to diagnose, since they have a sudden impact on building-system.

However, in case of degradation failures it is necessary to define a threshold to decide if a certain

degradation level requires intervention. This decision usually based on a cost-benefit analysis (Haves).

Figure 7. Identification of a failure

Degradation is a temporal process during which the performance of a building element / assembly /

system decreases. This is a progressive process, and without adequate interventions leads to a shorter

service life and operational problems.

A degradation process of a building element begins with the damage of protective element(s). At this

Initial phase the operation is still not hindered. However, without restoring the protective elements, the

degradation process accelerates, resulting in structural and/or material damage. At this phase

(Propagation of degradation) the operation is impeded (Borosnyói, 2014).

Page 39: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 38

Figure 8. Degradation process (Source: Sommerville 1986; Tuutti, 1982 in Borosnyói 2014)

4.2.3.3. Evaluation of the thermal performance of building elements

The A2PBEER project focuses especially on the characteristics of building elements influencing the

energy consumption. In existing buildings, the thermal performance of these elements is usually

unknown, but can be determined with the following methods:

- Survey

- On-site inspection – calculation/ Simulation on-site measurements

- Laboratory tests (e.g. lambda value) - Simulations based on laboratory tests

4.2.3.3.1. Survey

Architectural and mechanical drawings and descriptions provide an approximation in terms of thermal

performance. The applied wall/roof construction as well as the mechanical system give an assumption

regarding the expected thermal performance. Typical damages of certain assemblies and inefficiency of

mechanical systems can be revealed by energy consumption (bills) and thermal comfort surveys.

4.2.3.3.2. On-site inspection methods

Infrared thermography

Infrared thermography is a non-destructive testing and evaluation technique. The technology is based

on measuring the thermal radiation coming from building materials. The result is a rendered image

Page 40: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 39

(thermographic photo) of the surface area in colours or in grey scale, in relation to a temperature scale.

Infrared thermography has several application areas from forensic engineering to preservation of

historical structures (Avdelidis, Moropoulou, 2003)

Areas of application:

- To identify the lack of thermal insulation

- To find thermal bridges

- Investigation of mold damages (places with risk of vapor condensation)

- To identify the exact place and reason for wetting in the wall construction.

Necessary conditions for thermography:

- Minimum difference between external and internal air temperatures: 10 K.

- Avoiding sunny or rainy weather during measurements (Recommended in the morning or night

time, especially in winter.)

Further details of onsite infrared thermography can be found at “ISO 6781 Thermal insulation --

Qualitative detection of thermal irregularities in building envelopes -- Infrared method”

Estimation of heat transfer coefficient based on air and surface temperatures

Heat transfer coefficient can be estimated according the following equation:

where

ti: internal air temperature (°C)

te: external air temperature (°C)

ti.surf : internal surface temperature (°C)

where

n: number of measurements

Ui: calculated U values

Page 41: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 40

The result is acceptable if the difference between the measured values (Ui) is less than 20%. Necessary

conditions for this estimation process are:

- Minimum difference between external and internal air temperatures is 20 K.

- At least 3 sets of measurements at a minimum distance of 100 cm from fenestrations, internal

walls, slabs, heaters (radiators) are required.

- Using identical, validated measuring instrument with a minimum accuracy of 0.1 °C

Further details of onsite measurement of thermal insulation of the building elements can be found at “

ISO_9869_1994_Thermal insulation. Building elements. In-situ measurement of thermal resistance and

thermal transmittance”

4.2.3.4. Evaluation of air-tightness

Blower door test

Blower door test is a standardized technique to measure the airtightness and the sealing job. It consists

of a variable-speed fan mounted into the frame of an exterior door, a pressure gauge, an airflow

manometer and hoses for measuring airflow. The vent creates pressure-difference between the indoor

and outdoor air, causing airflow through the building envelope. Air changes per hour (ACH) can be

calculated based on the air volume needed to maintain the pressure-difference. The test is

standardized for an air pressure difference of 50 Pa. (ACH/50 refers to the number of times in one hour

that the inside air volume is replaced with outside air at a pressure difference of 50 Pa.) Generally the

result is based on the average of two measurements: a depressuration and an overpressuration in the

building.

Normal exchange rates vary between 2 – 8 ACH/50, but in leaky houses this value can reach even 20

ACH/50. Acceptable air-change rate at a pressure difference of 50 Pa (ACH/50):

- Natural ventilation: ~3 ACH

- Mechanical ventilation: ~1.5 ACH

- Passive house: < 0.6 ACH

There is a rule of thumb to convert these vales to normal pressure conditions: ACHnorm ~ (ACH/50) / 15.

The blower door test is also applied to localize the leaky points. If the blower-door test is combined with

measuring wind speed (anemometer), it detects the leaky points e.g. around the windows. To make the

leakage path visible, thermography or smoke-generating device can be applied (Van der Meer).

Blower door test is also applied for testing the ventilation system and chimneys.

Page 42: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 41

Further details of onsite measurement of air tightness of the building elements can be found at ”ISO

9972:2006 and/or EN 13829:2002 Thermal performance of buildings -- Determination of air

permeability of buildings -- Fan pressurization method”.

Futher details of how to correlate building airtightness related parameters and blower door test results

can be found at “ EN 13465 Ventilation for buildings. calculation methods for the determination of air

flow rates in dwellings”

Tracer gas method

Tracer gas method is a nondestructive testing method to diagnose the ventilation related indoor

environmental quality problems.

The tracer gas decay method is used to assess the actual air change rate under normal operating

conditions, but does not provide information about the building airtightness directly (EN ISO

12569:2001).

Adequate tracer gas is non-toxic, color- and odorless and inert. Common traces gases: carbon-dioxide,

nitrous-oxide, Freon, Helium and Sulfur Hexafluoride. The gas is injected to the space and the decay rate

of the tracer gas concentration is monitored at sample points in the room. Provided that the air is well

mixed and the forces driving the air flow remain constant, the decay is logarithmic. This measurement

allows the calculation of the air change rate of the room.

4.2.3.5. Evaluation of indoor comfort

Indoor comfort is determined by several different factors, such as indoor thermal characteristics

(temperature and relative humidity), air quality (air velocity, CO2 content and odor level), noise, visual

comfort and clothing among others. Satisfactory levels of these components are generally defined by

national and international standards (e.g. ISO is the largest developer of standards worldwide, CEN

specifies European Standards while ASHRAE is an American developer). Beside the adequate levels of

these physical factors, the comfort level of building interiors is characterized by the certain percentage

of occupants who are satisfied or dissatisfied with the perceived conditions. Next, a short extract of

these standards is introduced to give an overview of the current regularization.

Thermal comfort characteristics are defined by the EN ISO 7730 standard that is based on the Fanger-

model, in which comfort is determined as the thermal balance between the temperature of the human

body and the temperature of environment. The indexes of Predicted Mean Value (PMV) and Predicted

Percentage of Dissatisfaction (PPD) are used by calculations to predict the above mentioned human

thermal sensation and discomfort (ISO 7730:1994). Another thermal index to describe thermal comfort,

the physiological equivalent temperature (PET) was introduced by a German research group in 1998 and

became more preferred by engineers to make calculations due to its advantages, i.e. units are in °C and

some unwanted inconstant factors that might adversely influence calculations are excluded (Höppe,

1999). Standard values regarding indoor air quality and ventilation are defined by ISO 16814, ASHRAE-62

and WHO also gives recommendations among others. Satisfying indoor lighting is defined by ISO 8995,

Page 43: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 42

while ISO 16817 was developed in 2012 to describe visual comfort in indoor environment. Additionally,

EN 15251 is the first European standard that collectively defines the values of indoor environment of

buildings with regard to thermal environment, air quality, acoustics and lighting as well (Nicol & Wilson,

2010).

In the following a few types of methods are introduced to evaluate indoor comfort, such as surveying,

measurement of indoor components on site, analysis of system performance and smart metering.

Surveying

Although indoor comfort is defined by the above listed diverse components, it highly depends on

individual perception. Therefore to measure the comfort level inside a building, surveying the occupants

regarding their satisfaction levels is an oftentimes applied method. The pollees have to evaluate the

different factors in question on a predefined scale according to their personal perception.

Measurements

Some components of indoor comfort, for instance temperature, relative humidity, air quality regarding

the concentration and composition of pollutants and the level of lighting can be measured on site by

sensors and other special technical equipment. The analysis of the measured values can highlight

whether energy sources are allocated efficiently, furthermore it can help to determine where building

systems performance improvement is needed.

4.2.3.6. Analysis of building systems performance

Energy sources used for operating buildings are distributed through different pipe- and wire-systems

throughout the building, thus the role of proper functioning of these building systems is inevitable

regarding energy efficiency. Building systems are dimensioned for the calculated or estimated

consumption levels at the planning phase to meet the requirements of the previously mentioned

standards of indoor comfort. During operation, the condition of the energy generator or storage

equipment and distribution systems needs continuous monitoring and evaluation. Failure of any

element can lead to malfunction or disruption of performance. Failures can be indicated by rising energy

consumption or diverse physical signs, such as lack of performance the location of energy-transmitting

apparatus (e.g. radiator, air conditioning unit) or water leakages in the walls or at the radiators. In

addition, the capacity of the energy-producing equipment (e.g. furnace, boiler or central air-conditioner

unit) is defined by the manufacturer, thus lower efficiency rate can also reveal deficiency.

Smart metering

Smart meters enable the measuring, reporting and controlling of the buildings’ energy consumption

remotely and more detailed compared to conventional methods. This way the energy use of buildings

with complex, interconnected energy systems can be better optimized and adjusted to changing

weather conditions and function-specific needs, moreover failures in these systems can be located

easier and faster. Data collection and evaluation is also quicker and highly effective with smart metering

Page 44: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 43

systems, also contributing to improvements in building operation (SmartRegions, 2013). In larger-scale

application the operation of several buildings can be connected and controlled under one system, thus

reaching higher efficiency and lower energy consumption on urban scale.

4.2.4. Building scale simulation / energy modelling

The energy use of buildings can be calculated with two basic types of methods (EN 13790):

- steady state and quasi-steady-state methods that consider a sufficiently long time (usually one

month or a whole season) using daily or monthly mean average temperatures, which makes it

possible take dynamic effects into account by an empirically determined gain and/or loss

utilization factor,

- dynamic methods that calculate the heat balance with short time steps (typically one hour)

taking into account the heat stored in, and released from, the mass of the building.

Norm EN 13790 provides common rules for the boundary conditions and physical input data, that

ensure compatibility and consistency between the different methods. The choice between the methods

depends on the use and complexity of the building/systems and the purpose of the calculation.

When the goal of building energy analysis is to study trends and make rough estimates, and indoor

temperature and internal gains are relatively constant then the simplified analysis methods (steady

state or quasy steady state) may be very appropriate. These methods are faster and easier to use, and

deliver correct results for simpler buildings on an annual basis.

However, for a detailed analysis of the behavior energy of a building and its systems and subsystems,

including their dimensioning, more complex tools to perform detailed simulations are required. Most of

these programs generate estimates of energy use or for an entire building. They are effective tools that

help designers and engineers in the process of optimizing the design of the building and in obtaining

guided solutions. But for working with all of these programs, the user requires a great knowledge of the

thermophysical processes occurring in the building.

Over the past 50 years, hundreds of building energy programs, with different capabilities have been

developed, enhanced, and are in use throughout the building energy community. The International

Energy Agency has been working in several projects with a substantial validation component of these

programs for more than 30 years, and has developed standard methods of test for building energy

analysis computer software, the so-called Building Energy Simulation Tests (BESTEST). The various

elements of program validation of this test include the theory, code checking analytical verificacion,

inter-program comparison and empirical validation.

Some examples of the major building energy simulation programs that have gone through this validation

process and show good agreement in results are: EnergyPlus, TRNSYS, IDA ICE, ESP-r, BLAST, DOE-and

2TRACE.

Page 45: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 44

4.2.4.1. EnergyPlus

EnergyPlus is a whole building energy simulation program for engineers, architects and researchers for

modelling energy and water use in buildings. EnergyPlus models heating, cooling, lighting, ventilation,

other energy flows, and water use. EnergyPlus includes many innovative simulation capabilities: time-

steps less than an hour, modular systems and plant integrated with heat balance-based zone simulation,

multizone air flow, thermal comfort, water use, natural ventilation, and photovoltaic systems.

4.2.4.2. TRNSYS

TRNSYS is a graphically based software environment to simulate the behaviour of transient systems.

Besides modelling thermal and electrical energy systems, TRNSYS can also model other dynamic

systems, such as traffic flow or biological processes.

The software environment consists of an engine (kernel) and a library of components. The engine

processes the input file, solves the problem through iteration, determined convergence, etc. The

extensive library of components has approx. 150 models, including multizone buildings, wind turbines,

weather data processors, HVAC equipments, etc. Users are able to modify the existing models or ad

their own.

4.2.4.3. IDA Indoor Climate and Energy

IDA Indoor Climate and Energy (IDA ICE) is an innovative and trusted dynamic multi-zone simulation

application for study of thermal indoor climate as well as the energy consumption of the entire building.

The user interface is designed to make it easy to build and simulate simple cases, but also to offer the

advanced user full flexibility. The system to be simulated consists of a building with one or more zones

(rooms) and a primary system (the subsystem containing primarily hydronic components such as chillers

and boilers) and one or more air handling units.

Surrounding buildings or other objects might shade the building. The air inside the building contains

both humidity and carbon dioxide. Weather data is supplied by weather data files containing

information on actual or synthetic weather. The effects of wind on the building may be taken into

consideration.

The user interface is divided into three different levels, with different support and scope for the user:

the simplest level, called wizzard; the standard level for usual engineering tasks and the advanced level

for researchers. At the advanced level, the simulation model is no longer defined in physical terms, but

in the form of connected component models, whose meaning is defined by equations. At this level, the

individual time evolution of variables can be studied. All equations, parameters and variables can be

examined at this level. Every underlying equation can be browsed, and every variable can be logged. For

a single zone, this means that about a thousand temperatures, heat fluxes, CO2-levels, control signals

and other variables can be inspected by the critical user.

Page 46: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 45

4.2.4.4. Autodesk® Ecotect® Analysis

Autodesk® Ecotect® Analysis sustainable design analysis software is a comprehensive concept-to-detail

sustainable building design tool. Ecotect Analysis offers a wide range of simulation and building energy

analysis functionality that can improve performance of existing buildings and new building designs.

Online energy, water, and carbon-emission analysis capabilities integrate with tools that enables to

visualize and simulate a building's performance within the context of its environment.

4.2.5. Key performance indicators of buildings

Key Performance Indicators (KPI) of buildings are defined on the element level and the building level.

The element level includes the indicators describing the building structures and the technical systems.

The building level indicators describe the performance of the whole building.

4.2.5.1. Building structures

4.2.5.1.1. Thermal transmittance of opaque structures, U-value (W/m2K):

The thermal transmittance of an element is the rate of heat transfer through 1 m2 of a structure divided

by the temperature difference across the structure.

The U-value of an element can be measured or calculated. It is calculated as U=1/RT, where RT is the

total thermal resistance of the component, including surface resistances, thermally homogeneous and

inhomogeneous layers and air spaces (EN ISO 6946:2007). The thermal transmittance is characteristic

for the insulation of an element: low U-value corresponds to well-insulated elements, while poorly

insulated parts have a high U-value.

4.2.5.1.2. Thermal transmittance of transparent structures, U-value (W/m2K)

As for opaque structures, but a distinction from opaque elements is necessary, because the typical U-

value of glazing significantly differs from opaque structures.

The U-value of glazing can be calculated or measured with the guarded hot plate method or with the

heat flow meter method according to the relevant norms. (EN 673:2012, EN 674:2012, EN 675:2012)

4.2.5.2. Technical systems

4.2.5.2.1. Efficiency of space heater (%)

For indicating the efficiency of a boiler different concepts are applied for different purposes (The

Engineering ToolBox):

- Combustion Efficiency indicating a burners ability to burn fuel measured by unburned fuel and

excess air in the exhaust.

Page 47: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 46

- Thermal Efficiency indicating the heat exchangers effectiveness to transfer heat from the

combustion process to the water or steam in the boiler, exclusive radiation and convection

losses

- Fuel to Fluid Efficiency indicating the overall efficiency of the boiler inclusive thermal efficiency

of the heat exchanger, radiation and convection losses - output divided by input.

In the building regulations and SAP assessment in the UK the annual boiler efficiency is applied, which is

the efficiency of the boiler if installed under typical conditions in Britain, taking into account climate,

housing considitons, occupancy patterns and controls. They also distinguish the winter seasonal and the

summer seasonal efficiency (SAP 2009).

For our purposes the most relevant is the seasonal space heating energy efficiency (η s), which is defined

as „the ratio between the space heating demand for a designated heating season, supplied by a space

heater, a combination heater, a package of space heater, temperature control and solar device or a

package of combination heater, temperature control and solar device, and the annual energy

consumption required to meet this demand, expressed in %.” (COMMISSION DELEGATED REGULATION

(EU) No 811/2013)

The space heater efficiency is an indicator of the heater’s performance. Efficient use of resources is of

high importance to reduce the primary energy demand.

4.2.5.2.2. Efficiency of cooling

Previously, air conditioning systems were assessed with the Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER) for the cooling

mode and Coefficient of Performance (COP) for the heating mode, indicating the ratio of consumed and

output power. These values were obtained from testing for a single operational point. The newly

introduced Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio (SEER) includes seasonal variation in the performance rating

by defining several realistic measurement points. These points are an external temperature of 20 °C,

25 °C, 30 °C and 35 °C. The individual measurement points are weighted according to the reference

climate data, which is Strasbourg for the whole Europe. For example, high weighting is given to partial

load conditions which represent more than 90% of operation.

The Seasonal Energy Efficiency ratio (SEER) is the overall energy efficiency ratio of the unit,

representative for the whole cooling season, calculated as the Reference annual cooling demand divided

by the annual electricity consumption for cooling (Commission Regulation (EU) No 206/2012).

The efficiency of the cooling device significantly influences the energy use of the system.

4.2.5.2.3. Efficiency of water heater (%)

The efficiency of water heating is indicated by the water heating energy efficiency (η wh) that is the

ratio between the useful energy provided by a water heater or a package of water heater and solar

device and the energy required for its generation, expressed in% (Commission Delegated Regulation

(EU) No 812/2013).

Page 48: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 47

The efficiency of water heaters significantly influences the energy demand for water heating.

4.2.5.2.4. Losses due to pipes/storage tanks and control system (kWh/yr)

Insulation of pipes influences the heat losses due to distribution, insulation of storage tanks the heat

losses due to storage and the type of regulation/control system the heat losses due to imperfect control

of the technical system. The insulation level (R or U-value), the length of pipes of volume of tanks and

the type of control are significant factors. In many countries, separate requirements are defined for

these elements.

4.2.5.2.5. Energy consumption of fans (kWh/yr)

HVAC systems have an auxiliary electricity consumption. This includes, for example the electricity

consumption of central heating pumps, boilers with fan assisted flue, warm air heating system fans,

mechanical ventilation systems, solar water heating pumps, etc.

4.2.5.2.6. Lighting efficiency (%)

The efficiency of lighting can be described with the energy energy efficiency index (EEI) that compares

the power of the lamp corrected for any control gear losses with the reference power of the lamp. The

reference power is obtained from the useful luminous flux, which is the total flux for non-directional

lamps, and the flux in a 90° or 120° cone for directional lamps. The EEI is:

EEI = P cor /P ref

Pcor is the rated power for models without external control gear and the corrected rated power for

models with external control gear. The rated power is measured at the nominal voltage of the lamp.

(COMMISSION DELEGATED REGULATION (EU) No 874/2012).

The weighted energy consumption (kWh/1000 h) is then calculated as:

4.2.5.2.7. Existence and type of lighting control (y/n, type)

Lighting control can be manual or automatic (see also D2.1). The efficiency of automatic control

depends on function and daylight availability of building.

The type of automatic lighting control should be selected based on the building’s characteristics (e.g.

occupancy rate, depth of floor plan, daylight availability etc.). Intelligent systems include dimmer

switches, time switches, motion detectors and light level sensors.

The energy consumption for lighting can be significantly reduced with automatic lighting control in a

public building. It must be checked whether the type of control is suitable for the building taking into

account daylight availability, occupancy rate, function etc.

Page 49: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 48

4.2.5.2.8. Energy use of equipment and appliances

The energy use of equipment and appliances are not included in the scope of EPBD, but are included in

some voluntary standards, such as the Passivhaus standard. This energy consumption can be very

significant depending on the building use.

4.2.5.3. Energy balance

4.2.5.3.1. Heat transfer coefficient, H (W/K)

The heat transfer coefficient is the heat flow rate divided by the temperature difference between two

environments (EN ISO 13789). Heat transfer coefficient by transmission and ventilation is distinguished.

The transmission heat transfer coefficient is the „heat flow rate due to thermal transmission through the

fabric of a building, divided by the difference between the environment temperatures on either side of

the construction” (EN ISO 13789). Transmission heat transfer includes direct heat transfer between a

conditioned space and exterior, heat transfer through ground, heat transfer through unconditioned

spaces and heat transfer to adjacent buildings. Direct heat transfer can be calculated by numerical

methods or the following equation (EN ISO 13789):

where

Ai is the area of element i of the building envelope, in m2;

Ui is the thermal transmittance of element i of the building envelope, in W/(m2K);

lk is the length of linear thermal bridge k, in m;

k is the linear thermal transmittance of thermal bridge k, in W/(mK);

j is the point thermal transmittance of point thermal bridge j, in W/K (point thermal bridges

which are normally part of plane building elements and already taken into account in their

thermal transmittance shall not be added here).

The total direct transmission heat transfer coefficient of the building envelope is the sum overall

building elements between the internal and external environments. Further details about the

calculation can be found in EN ISO 13789.

The ventilation heat transfer coefficient is the „heat flow rate due to air entering a conditioned space

either by infiltration or ventilation, divided by the temperature difference between the internal air and

the supply air temperature”.

Page 50: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 49

The heat transfer coefficient is an important indicator describing the relative significance of the heat

losses through an element compared to the heat losses of the building. Elements may have a large heat

transfer coefficient either if their thermal transmittance values are high or if their surface area is large.

Elements having a relatively high heat transfer coefficient have a large contribution to the total heat

losses and should be given a priority when planning the retrofit measures.

4.2.5.3.2. Airtightness, ACH50 (1/h)

Infiltration losses may be responsible for significant heat losses, especially in old, leaky buildings. The

airtightness of a buildings can be characterised by the air change rate per hour, measured at 50 Pa

pressure difference between inside and outside. This value is measured by the fan pressurization

method (blower door), also described in the Diagnostics chapter (EN 13829:2000). During testing, air is

blown into or out of the building, and either a positive or negative pressure difference is created

between inside and outside, which forces air thorugh leaks and penetrations in the building envelope. If

the building is tighter, the blower door fan needs to blow less air to maintain the pressure difference.

The infiltration rate is not measured directly, but can be estimated by calculation from the air flow rate.

This test is useful to check compliance with design air tightness specifications, to compare the air

permeability of similar buildings, to identify leakage sources and check the quality of the construction

process.

The norm recommends to use fan pressure method for diagnostics purposes and measure the actual

infiltration rate with trace gas method (EN ISO 12569:2001). The actual air flow and air change rates

depend on the size and distribution of air leakage sites, pressure differences induced by wind and

temperature, mechanical system operation, and occupant behaviour.

4.2.5.3.3. Energy need for heating or cooling (kWh/yr)

The energy need for heating or cooling, according to EN ISO 13790, is „the heat to be delivered to, or

extracted from, a conditioned space to maintain the intended temperature conditions during a given

period of time”.

The energy need is calculated and it is not easy to measure it. The basis of the calculation is the heat

balance of the building or building zone(s), which includes the following components:

- transmission heat transfer between the conditioned space and the external environment or

adjacent zones,

- ventilation heat transfer, by natural ventilation or mechanical ventilation system,

- internal heat gains, e.g. from persons, appliances, lighting and negative gains from heat sinks,

- solar heat gains, direct or indirect,

- heat storage in the building mass,

- energy need for heating

- energy need for cooling.

Page 51: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 50

The balance of these components will determine the energy need for heating in a heated space, that is

required from the heating system to raise the internal temperature to the set-point temperature. In a

cooled space, the balance will determine the energy need for cooling, i.e. the heat to be extracted by

the cooling system to lower the internal temperature to the set-point temperature for cooling.

The calculation can be carried out with the following methods:

- monthly

- seasonal

- simple hourly

- detailed simulation method

4.2.5.4. Building energy use (kWh/yr)

The energy use is the energy input to the technical building system to satisfy the energy need (heating,

cooling, ventilation, domestic hot water, lighting, appliances, etc.). The energy use also includes the

system losses and the efficiency of the system.

The energy use can be measured or calculated, although sometimes it is hard to split the measured

energy use for each purpose (e.g. if space and domestic hot water demand is supplied by the same

system). It is useful to determine the total energy use, and also the specific energy use per square meter

floor area, which makes it easier to compare different buildings or to set benchmarks.

The energy use is satisfied with the delivered energy, supplied to the technical building systems through

the system boundary, expressed per energy carrier.

Page 52: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 51

Figure 9. Energy balance of a building (Kurnitski et al. 2011)

4.2.5.4.1. Energy use for space heating or cooling (kWh/yr)

The energy use for space heating or cooling is “the energy input to the heating or cooling system to

satisfy the energy need for heating or cooling, respectively.” (EN ISO 13790:2008).

4.2.5.4.2. Energy use for hot water (kWh/yr)

The energy use for hot water is the energy input to the hot water system to satisfy the energy need for

domestic hot water. The energy need for domestic hot water is calculated from the number of users and

the required volume of hot water per capita. For energy certification, the hot water demand is usually

standardized.

4.2.5.4.3. Energy use for ventilation (kWh/yr)

According to EN ISO 13790:2008 the energy use for ventilation is the „electrical energy input to a

ventilation system for air transport and heat recovery (not including energy input for pre-heating or pre-

cooling the air) and energy input to a humidification system to satisfy the need for humidification”.

4.2.5.4.4. Lighting Energy Numeric Indicator, LENI (kWh/m2yr)

The Lighting Energy Numeric Indicator (LENI), as given by EN 15193, is a numeric indicator of the total

annual lighting energy required in the building. LENI is useful for comparing the lighting energy use of

buildings that are similar in function but have a different size and configuration.

Page 53: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 52

Lighting Energy Numeric Indicator can be calculated with the following equation for a building:

LENI = W/A [kWh/(m2 × year)]

where

W is the total annual energy used for lighting [kWh/year]

A is the total useful floor area of the building [m2]

LENI is indicative of the energy used for lighting in a building. Benchmark values are given in the related

norm for different building uses.

4.2.5.4.5. Energy use for other services (kWh/yr)

Electrical energy input to the appliances providing other services, except for heating, cooling, domestic

hot water, ventilation and lighting.

4.2.5.5. Primary energy demand, PE (kWh/m2yr)

The primary energy demand is the energy from renewable and non-renewable sources, which has not

undergone any conversion or transformation process (EPBD recast). The primary energy is the “energy

required to supply one unit of delivered energy, taking account of the energy required for extraction,

processing, storage, transport, generation, transformation, transmission, distribution, and any other

operations necessary for delivery to the building in which the delivered energy will be used” (prEN

15603:2013). The non-renewable and renewable primary energy demand, and the total primary energy

demand including both can be distinguished.

The advantage of primary energy is that energy use from different energy carriers can be summed up

into a single indicator. The EPBD requires Member States to include a numerical indicator of primary

energy use expressed in kWh/m2 per year in the requirements, reflecting their national, regional or local

conditions. The total primary energy demand, including the primary energy demand of space and hot

water heating, cooling, ventilation, lighting is the basis of energy ratings and certifications.

Primary energy demand is calculated from the energy use by applying primary energy factors per energy

carrier. These factors, according to the EPBD, may be based on national or regional yearly average

values and may take into account relevant European standards.

4.2.5.6. Environmental impacts

A scientifically sound method of the evaluation of environmental impacts is Life Cycle Assessment (LCA).

LCA studies the environmental aspects and potential impacts throughout a product’s life (i.e. cradle-to-

grave) from raw material acquisition through production, use and disposal. The general categories of

environmental impacts needing consideration include resource use, human health, and ecological

consequences. (ISO 14040:2006). Many life cycle impact assessment methods exist, the typically applied

impact categories are briefly summarised below.

Page 54: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 53

4.2.5.6.1. Climate change (GWP, kg CO2 -eq)

The impact assessment category of climate change measures the impact of greenhouse gas emissions

(e.g. carbon dioxide or methane) on the greenhouse effect. The impact of an emitted gas is expressed in

terms of its global warming potential (GWP) in CO2-equivalents (Guinée, 2002), which is then summed

up for all greenhouse gas emissions.

In some cases, for example in regulations, the indicator of CO2-emissions is applied, which is similar to

GWP but this is not calculated strictly according to the LCA principles. The CO2-emissions are determined

in a similar fashion to the primary energy demand. Here CO2 emission coefficients are used instead of

primary energy factors, which are the quantity of CO2 emitted to the atmosphere per unit of delivered

energy, per energy carrier (g/kWh) (prEN 15603:2013). This coefficient may also include the equivalent

emissions of other greenhouse gases (e.g. methane).

4.2.5.6.2. Acidification (AP, kg SO2 -eq)

The transformation of air pollutants into acids leads to the acidification of soils and waters, with the

potential consequences of forest decline and damage to building materials. The effect of substances is

expressed in terms of acidification potential (AP) in kg SO2-equivalents (Guinée, 2002). At the

interpretation of the indicator result regional differences have to be considered, since a basic soil, for

instance, can neutralise the effects.

4.2.5.6.3. Stratospheric ozone depletion (ODP, kg CFC-11-eq)

Stratospheric ozone depletion is the thinning of the stratospheric ozone layer as a result of

anthropogenic emissions, such as CFCs and halons (Guinée, 2002). This causes a greater fraction of solar

UV-B radiation to reach the Earth’s surface, with a potential damage to human health, ecosystems,

biochemical cycles and materials. The ODP of a substance represents the integrated impact of an

emission of a substance in comparison with CFC-11. The unit of the ODP is therefore kg CFC-11

equivalent.

4.2.5.6.4. Eutrophication (EP, kg PO43-)

Eutrophication occurs when there is an increase in the concentration of nutrients, mainly nitrogen (N)

and phosphorus (P) in a body of water or soil, occuring both naturally and as a result of human activity

(Guinée, 2002), e.g. by the run-off of synthetic fertilisers from agricultural land, or by the input of

sewage or animal waste. It leads to a reduction in species diversity as well as changes in species

composition, often accompanied by massive growth of dominant species such as “algae bloom”. The

reference substance for the calculation of the eutrophication potential for each emission is phosphate

(PO43-), which has a eutrophication potential of 1.

4.2.5.6.5. Photochemical oxidant formation (POCP, kg C2H4-eq )

This indicator describes the formation of reactive chemical compounds from certain air pollutants by the

action of sunlight. In contrast to the protecting role of the ozone layer in the stratosphere, ozone in the

Page 55: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 54

troposphere is toxic. Ozone formation, sometimes referred to as “summer smog” is mainly an issue on

sunny days in larger cities with a lot of traffic. Ethylene is the reference substance for the assessment.

4.2.5.6.6. Cumulative Energy Demand (CED)

The cumulative energy demand is the sum of the energy demand of a process including all upstream

processes, expressed in primary energy. It is possible to distinguish between non-renewable, renewable

and total cumulative energy demand. This indicator is similar to primary energy demand, but in contrast

to that, here strictly phyisical values are considered.

4.2.5.7. Energy Costs

The energy costs include the costs for energy uses: space heating, domestic hot water, space cooling,

ventilation and lighting. Energy use of appliances is not included in the EPBD, but depending on the

purpose of the analysis this should also be considered, as it accounts for a significant part of the total

energy costs.

Technical building systems may serve different purposes (e.g. space and hot water heating), hence it is

usually difficult to split the energy costs according to uses. Generally, the cost per energy carrier is

measured by the energy supplier either on an annual or monthly basis, so these data are available. More

precise information is only available if the consumption is monitored closely. It is also possible to

calculate the energy costs based on the delivered energy and the current energy prices.

4.2.5.8. Comfort

4.2.5.8.1. Thermal comfort

Thermal comfort is the sense of well-being with respect to temperature depending on the balance

between the heat produced by the body and the loss of heat to the surroundings. This balance is

influenced by seven parameters: metabolism, clothing and skin temperature are related to the

individual, while the air temperature, relative humidity, mean radiant temperature and air speed to the

surrounding environment. Several thermal indices exist to describe the perception of thermal comfort,

such as optimal operative temperature, comfort zones or predicted mean vote.

The Predicted Mean Vote (PMV) developed by Fanger predicts the mean response of a larger group of

people (Fanger, 1982). On a scale +3 represents, 0 neutral and -3 cold thermal sensation. The Predicted

Percentage Dissatisfied (PPD) index is a quantitative measure of the thermal comfort of a group of

people at a particular thermal environment. The two indices are interrelated, e.g. 5% of people are

dissatisfied even if PMV=0.

4.2.5.8.2. Indoor Air Quality

Page 56: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 55

Indoor air quality depends on the air quality outside the building, pollutant emissions within the

building, the ventilation rate and maintenance of mechanical systems, etc. These parameters do not

only influence the sensation of comfort, but also the health of occupants. Indoor pollution, e.g. constant

exposure to low level emissions such as organic solvents, volatile organic compounds (VOC) and cleaning

agents, can cause asthma, allergies and even more severe health problems. There are international

standards which define the allowable concentrations, e.g. MAC (Maximum Allowable Concentration) for

work spaces, ME (Maximum Environment value) and AIC (Acceptable Indoor Concentration).

4.2.5.8.3. Visual comfort

Visual comfort depends on the quantity, distribution and quality of available light. The source of light

can be natural, artificial or a combination of both. The following indicators determine the visual comfort:

- actual light level compared to the light level requirements depending on the particular activity;

- light distribution and glare;

- quality of light, including the direction of light, colour and variation over time.

4.2.5.8.4. Acoustic comfort

Source of noise can be external (e.g. traffic), internal (loud or disruptive noises generated by activities

within the building), building construction and finishes (impact noise from hard finishes) and building

services (e.g. mechanical ventilation).

4.2.5.9. Renewable energy use

The renewable energy use will describe how much renewable energy is used in the building. The

renewable energy can be produced on-site in/on the building or nearby, in the district or may come

from off-site sources (e.g. green electricity from the grid). The renewable energy use can be determined

by measuring the supplied energy from renewable sources.

The renewable energy use will be compared to the renewable energy potential of the building

(benchmark value). The renewable energy potential describes the amount of energy that renewable

energy sources can provide at a given location. There is no official definition of renewable potential and

different defitinitons exist. Here only the technical potential is described, but also the costs and

efficiency of the technology, available incentives, etc. should be taken into account.

There are several available sources and databases on both national and international levels to gather

data and information about the potential of renewable energies at the current project location. For

instance ministries of the government that are responsible for national development, national and

international statistical offices, universities and research institutes, organizations, agencies and expert

companies related to the field.

Furthermore, weather data can be retrieved from local meteorological stations, the national

meteorological services and international weather data collections (e.g. the international weather

database of EnergyPlus Energy Simulation Software at the U.S. Department of Energy); or in case more

Page 57: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 56

detailed and location-specific data is needed, it can be generated with different computer programs,

such as Meteonorm7. Advanced microclimate simulation programs also usually have access to reliable

databases. When no satisfactory data source is found, local measurements can be also conducted,

however it might take a longer period of time which makes it not feasible in the timeframe of the

planned project.

The following renewable energy sources are considered:

4.2.5.9.1. Solar energy use (kWh/yr)

The solar energy used in the building. This is compared to the on-site solar energy potential, which

depends on the following parameters:

- global solar irradiation (kWh/m2yr)

- available surface area (m2)

- orientation and tilt of the surface

- shading of the surface

An indicator of solar potential is if the expected annual output of the roof is compared to the annual

output of an optimal roof on the same location. A ratio above 90% indicates a good solar potential.

(Year- round, local solar resource availability on different tilt surfaces can be found at

http://re.jrc.ec.europa.eu/pvgis/)

4.2.5.9.2. Wind energy use (kWh/yr)

The wind energy used in the building. This is compared to the wind energy potential. The potential for

building integrated wind energy utilization depends on the wind speed and turbulence levels,

determined by the building height, roof shape and urban topography. The application of building

integrated wind turbines is usually limited because of the typically low mean wind speeds, high

turbulence levels and high aerodynamic noise levels generated by the turbine in the built environment

(Ledo L, Kosasih PB & Cooper P. 2011). High-rise buildings or buildings in the countryside may be worth

investigating with a CFD modelling technique (Abohela I, Hamza N, Dudek S, 2013).

Wind maps showing the wind speed in m/s at different heights are available for many regions of the

world. According to the U.S. Department of Energy areas with annual average wind speeds around 6.5

meters per second and greater at an 80-m height can be considered as suitable for wind energy

utilization (http://apps2.eere.energy.gov/wind/windexchange/wind_maps.asp). Utility-scale, land-based

wind turbines are typically installed between 80 and 100 m high.

Wind power density determines the wind energy potential at a given location, which can be determined

for example by the tool developed by (Liu et al, 2009) based on the wind speed

(http://www.renewableenergyst.org/wind.htm). The tool provides general wind power distribution, but

Page 58: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 57

this needs to be supplemented by additional information on, for example, local topography. They

distinguish four categories:

- poor: < 150 Watt/m2

- fair: 150-250 Watt/m2

- good 250-350 Watt/m2

- excellent: > 350 Watt/m2.

4.2.5.9.3. Geothermal energy use (kWh/yr)

The geothermal energy used in the building. This is compared to the geothermal energy potential.

4.2.5.9.4. Biomass energy use (kWh/yr)

The biomass energy used in the building. This is compared to the biomass energy potential.

4.2.5.9.5. microCHP on site ???

4.2.5.10. Existence of Building Management System

A Building Management System (BMS) controls and monitors the building’s mechanical and electrical

systems (HVAC, lighting, power, fire, security systems). The advantages of such a system include

improved control of comfort conditions, control and decrease of energy consumption, etc. This indicator

describes whether or not such a system exists.

5- ENERGY EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS, INCENTIVE SCHEMES AND

STAKEHOLDER ANALYSIS

This chapter summarizes the requirements for a successful retrofit of public buildings regarding two

aspects. First energy efficiency requirements and standards by are given by different legislation levels

and financial incentives are explored. This is followed by the formulation of stakeholder requirements

and needs.

Therefore this chapter first describes the levels of legislation in the EU and summarizes country-specific

information available from accessible databases and previous deliverables. A detailed collection of

energy-related legislation was conducted for the pilot-project countries including the contributing

authorities and their role. The structure of section 5.1 narrows down from a wide perspective of the EU

Page 59: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 58

level legislation over country specific legislation in Spain, Sweden and Turkey, down to regional, city,

district and building level. This is complemented with an overview of available incentives for the energy

efficient retrofitting of public buildings in the three pilot countries in section 5.1.6.

Besides the legislative environment, the project stakeholders’ and future users’ needs also influence the

energy demand of buildings. A stakeholder analysis is a process of gathering information to determine

whose interests should be taken into account when developing a project. In Chapter Hiba! A hivatkozási

forrás nem található. a methodology for stakeholder analysis for retrofitting projects is presented. In

Annex 3-5, a short description of the developed Excel tool and questionnaires to important stakeholder

groups can be found. The methodology has been applied to a generic retrofitting project and the result

from this assessment is presented in Chapter 5.2.3; stakeholder groups influencing the energy demand

of a building/district and their needs have been identified. Chapter 5.2.4 presents a discussion regarding

the methodology and the performed stakeholder analysis.

Finally, the main objectives of a retrofit project are described in Chapter 5.3, as defined specifically for

the A2PBEER project.

5.1- LEGISLATION FOR ENERGY-RETROFITTING OF PUBLIC BUILDINGS IN EUROPE

It is considered vital to assess the energy efficiency requirements and standards for the target buildings

and districts in order to deliver a successful energy retrofitting in the pilot case studies. As a result the

first part of this chapter describes the various levels of legislation ranging from EU level to district and

building level. Furthermore several incentive schemes and building labels were identified. In due course

existing and accessible databases with country-specific information were consulted, as mentioned

previously for instance in D3.1. A detailed collection of energy-related legislation was conducted with a

specific focus on the pilot-project countries including the various participants and their role, as well as

building elements. A schematic figure with all components was produced and provides a better

overview of the matter and guidance to this sub-chapter. Please see figure in Annex 2.

5.1.1. EU Level

This section mainly draws from Chapter 4 of Deliverable 3.1, which presented a review of current

building envelope regulations in the EU.

There are two major legal frameworks promoting energy efficiency in buildings at EU level. The first one

is the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive (EPBD), which was adopted in 2002, with an updated

version in May 2010. The second one is the Energy Efficiency Directive (EED) from 2012.

The EPBD requires Member States to set a requirement for the primary energy use of the building,

expressed in kWh/m2 per year, reflecting their national, regional or local conditions. Apart from this,

Member States are free to include further requirements in their legislation. For example, the Hungarian

building code sets requirements on three levels: for the maximum allowable thermal transmittance of

Page 60: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 59

the building elements, the specific heat loss coefficient of the building and the integrated energy

performance of the building service systems (Szalay, 2008). Nevertheless, an efficient implementation of

the directives at member states’ level proves to be difficult due to political and market barriers, hence

the wide variation in implementations for each country.

The EED aims at three targets. The first one concerns the indicative 20% target, i.e. energy consumption

for the entire EU of no more than 1 474 Mtoe of primary energy and/or no more than 1 078 Mtoe of

final energy in 2020. The second target focuses on public buildings, i.e. from January 2014, 3 % of the

total floor area of heated and/or cooled buildings owned and occupied by a central government must be

renovated each year. The third aim concerns specific energy savings from an energy efficiency obligation

(1.5 % of the annual energy sales to final customers of all energy distributors or all retail energy sales

companies by volume) (http://www.eceee.org/policy-areas/EE-directive).

Moreover the following initiatives and directives at European level were identified in Chapter 4 of

Deliverable 2.3:

Directive on the promotion of co-generation (CHP-Directive)

Directive on eco-design requirements for energy using products (EuP-Directive)

Directive on energy end-use efficiency and energy services (ESD)

Directive for the taxation of energy products and electricity

Directive on energy efficiency requirements for boilers, refrigerators and ballasts for fluorescent

lighting

Directives for labelling of electric ovens, air-conditioners, refrigerators and other appliances

Regulation of Energy Star labelling for office equipment

5.1.2. Country Level

The A2PBEER pilot case studies are in Sweden, Spain and Turkey. Therefore the focus regarding country

level legislation is on these three countries. As Turkey is a candidate country of the European Union,

specific and comparable legislation was difficult to identify. Hence legislation of the other two countries

is discussed in more detail in this section.

National building codes regulate the quality of the building envelope, as it influences the energy

performance of the building. These are divided into three areas, as explained in Chapter 4 in Deliverable

3.1 as follows:

Page 61: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 60

Thermal transmittance of each building envelope element and the average heat transfer coefficient of building envelope

Heat gains through solar radiation

Air tightness of the building envelope All the countries have to revise their building codes soon in order to achieve the EU’s 2020 targets for

improved energy efficiency. As presented in the Figure in Annex 2, the aim of Spain regarding absolute

energy consumption in 2020 is 121.6 Mtoe for primary and 82.9 Mtoe for final energy. Sweden’s target

is 43.4 Mtoe for primary and 30.3 Mtoe for final energy. So far Turkey does not have any quantitative

aims in energy consumption savings in buildings. According to the related ministries, Turkey aims to

identify its energy efficiency potential and decrease energy demand until 2020 by the new energy

classification tool BEP-TR.

The national building codes and regulations at country level in Spain and Sweden are influenced by the

requirements of EPBD and EED. The EPBD implementation in the member states allows diversity in

content and implementation timeframe in national regulations. Thus the implementation varies from

country to country depending on the local political, legal and property market differences (BIOIS, 2013).

5.1.2.1. Spain

In Spain the EPBD implementation is the responsibility of the Ministry of Industry, Energy and Tourism,

the Ministry of Public Works and Transport, and the Institute for Energy Diversification and Saving

(IDAE). The autonomous communities are in charge of the registration, inspection and control of the

Energy Performance Certificates. An inspection has to be performed every 15 years as a way of quality

assurance. This control lies also in the hands of the autonomous communities, which can impose

penalties for deficiencies, if necessary. The certificate for new buildings came into force in 2007.

The country level legislation regarding energy retrofitting of public buildings in Spain is provided through

the building codes, i.e. Codico Tecnico de la Edificacion, first version from 2006. These building energy

requirements are up-dated in two steps in order to achieve the 2020 targets. First the current energy

code of 2006 was up-dated during 2013, and a second up-date for 2016-2017 including the NZEB

requirements is foreseen. NZEB will become mandatory for new buildings occupied and owned by public

authorities after December 2018 and 2020 for all new buildings. In the meantime there will be an

intermediate value for building energy efficiency (Concerted Action, 2013a).

The building codes cover the total energy consumption for reference buildings and U-values and

considers end-uses of cooling, heating, hot water and lighting and are summarized in Table 5. The

thermal comfort provides guidelines for maximum temperature of 21/26°C and relative humidity of 30-

70%. The insulation, i.e. U-values for floor, roof and walls depend on the various climate zones, similar

to the HVAC, lighting, skylight and window guidelines. The airtightness of windows is prescribed as 27

m3/(h.m2) at 100 Pa. Furthermore the first version of the Spanish thermal building regulations was

released in 2007, with an up-date in 2013, i.e. Reglamento de Instalaciones Térmicas en los Edificios

(Royal decree 238).

Page 62: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 61

5.1.2.2. Sweden

In Sweden the implementation of the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive (EPBD) is fulfilled partly

by the National Board of Housing, Building and Planning, the Swedish Energy Agency, on behalf of the

Ministry of Health and Social Affairs, and by the Ministry of Enterprise, Energy and Communications. The

legal background regarding energy management in Sweden goes back to 1948. The first energy

performance declaration came into force in 2006 with an increasing amount of certificates being

registered ever since (420 000 till December 2012). Energy Performance Certificates are valid for ten

years and are compulsory for public and rented buildings since the beginning of 2012. There are about

800 assessors in Sweden. Additionally the 290 municipalities of Sweden have either an energy advisor or

an energy and climate advisor in their staff, financed by the Energy Agency, in order to inform private

and public stakeholders about energy efficiency and climate issues (Concerted Action, 2013b).

In Sweden building regulations cover residential and non-residential buildings, as well as new and

renovated buildings. Public buildings are included in non-residential buildings. The building code for

non-residential buildings is the building regulations from 2010 with an amended version in 2012, i.e.

Boverkets byggregler BBR 2012 – Energihushållning. The requirements are also presented in Table 5. As

Sweden is divided into three different climate zones, regulations on total energy consumption depend

on the zone. Auxiliary devices, cooling, heating and hot water are considered end-uses in the

regulations. Regarding the thermal comfort, 22°C is the maximum temperature with no guidelines for

relative humidity. U-values for roof, walls, floor, windows and door are provided in terms of insulation.

For windows the value is 1.1 W/m2.K. The airtightness is prescribed with 0.61 l/(s.m2) at 50 Pa. The

requirements regarding HVAC are only for buildings with over 60 m2. There are no requirements for hot

water, lighting and skylights. Moreover the building’s specific energy use may be reduced by solar

energy. In addition there is the Planning and Building Act (PBL), which regulates all planning of land,

water and construction, including zoning, building permits, construction oversight, and building boards

activity. For instance this law prescribes the requirements for obtaining a building permit.

5.1.2.3. Turkey

As previously mentioned, Turkey is currently a candidate country of the EU, thus there are differences to

the other two pilot countries. The regulation of energy performance of buildings, TS 825, applies to all

building types. End uses considered are cooling, heating, hot water and ventilation. The temperature

and relative humidity requirements change with respect to the buildings type. There are no

requirements regarding HVAC, skylights and renewable energy. Regarding the air tightness, the Turkish

standards differentiate infiltration rates for multiple dwellings or one dwelling per floor in a low,

average or high air infiltration.

5.1.2.4. Summary

Table 5 provides more details on specific performance base requirements for the three pilot project

countries.

Page 63: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 62

Spain - Building Codes: Código

Técnico de la Edificación

(2006; 2012)

Sweden - Building Codes: Non-

residential buildings: Building

Regulations 2010; 2012, Boverkets

byggregler BBR 2012 -

Energihushållning

Turkey - Building codes: all

buildings: TS 825 (Regulation of

energy performance of buildings)

2000, revised in 2002 and 2008

Total Energy

Consumption

Reference buildings or U-

values

Depends of climate zone Not specified

End-uses

considered

Cooling, heating, hot water,

lighting

Auxiliary devices, cooling, heating,

hot water

Cooling, heating, hot water,

ventilation

Thermal

comfort

Temperature max 21/26°C

Relative humidity 30-70%

Temperature max 22°C

Relative humidity not applicable

Temperature and relative humidity

changes with respect to building

types

Temperatures max 20° C

educational and residential zones

Insulation U-values for floor, roof and

walls depending on climate

zone

U-values for floor, roof, walls,

windows and door

Airtightness

of windows

27 m3/(h.m2) at 100 Pa 0.6 l/(s.m2) at 50 Pa TS EN 12207, TS EN 13465

HVAC Depending on climate zone Requirements for buildings with over

60 m2

-

Lighting Depending on climate zone No requirements EN 15251, EN 12464, EN 12665, EN

13032

Skylights U values, solar factor and % of

glazed area are given for all 12

climate zones in CTE DB HE1

Section 2

No requirements Not requirements

Windows U values, solar factor and % of

glazed area are given for all 12

climate zones in CTE DB HE1

Section 2

1.1 W/m2K -

Renewable

energy -

The building’s specific energy use

may be reduced by solar energy

No requirement

Page 64: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 63

Table 5. Country level regulations/ performance based requirements for energy

retrofitting of public buildings in Spain, Sweden (BEEP, 2014; BUILDINGSDATA, 2014;

EURIMA, 2007) and Turkey

In order to provide more detail, Table 6 presents the required U-values for the three pilot countries. The

collection of the U-value regulations in Chapter 4 in Deliverable 3.1 shows that there is a wide spread

between the Member States. Sweden is one of the countries with the lowest minimum values, whereas

Spain is within the countries with the highest ones. Moreover, member states can determine different

requirements within one county as well. For instance, in Spain and Turkey U-values vary according to the

various climate zones of the country.

Current

version

date

U values (W/m2K) Other

Wall Roof Floor Windows Door

Spain 2013 0.5-0.25 0.47-

0.19

0.53-

0.31

0.35-1.23 n.a.

Sweden 2012 A: 0.1

B: 0.18

A:

0.08

B: 0.13

0.1

0.15

A: 1.1

B: 1.3

A:

1.1

B:

1.3

A = electrically heated

B = other

Turkey 2008 1: 0.8

2: 0.6

3: 0.5

4: 0.4

1: 0.5

2: 0.4

3: 0.3

4: 0.25

1: 0.8

2: 0.6

3: 0.45

4: 0.4

1: 2.4

2: 2.4

3: 2.4

4: 2.4

n.a. Climate Zones 1-4

Table 6. U-values regulations in national building codes for Spain and Sweden (BEEP, 2014; BUILDINGSDATA, 2014; EURIMA, 2007) and Turkey

Regarding the airtightness, the majority of buildings worldwide have not been air-sealed yet.

Nonetheless, the improved energy performance requirements of the EPBD cannot be achieved solely by

insulation and/or more effective buildings systems (Erhorn-Kluttig et al., 2010). As a result the air

tightness of the building envelope gained increased importance. Air tightness is expressed in numbers

by the value n50. This indicates how often the air volume of a building is exchanged per hour at a

pressure difference of 50 Pa. Some countries use air exchange rates with different pressure values or

different measures to regulate air tightness. Based on the collected regulations in Chapter 4 in

Page 65: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 64

Deliverable 3.1 the most common level of air tightness is described as 3 1/h in naturally ventilated

spaces and 1,5 1/h in mechanically ventilated spaces. Table 7 presents the air-tightness levels in national

regulations for Spain, Sweden and Turkey.

Current

version date Air tightness

Spain 2006 Windows: 27 m3/(h.m2) at 100 Pa

Sweden 2012 0.61 l/(s.m2) at 50 Pa

Turkey 2008 Multiple dwellings per floor(ach)

One dwelling per floor (ach) Infiltration situation

n50 < 2 n50 < 4 Low

2 < n50 < 4 4 < n50 < 10 Average

5 < n50 10 < n50 High

Table 7. Air-tightness levels in national regulations for Spain, Sweden and Turkey

5.1.3. Regional Level

In regards to the legislation at regional level it is vital to consider the climate zone in which the building

to be retrofitted is located. In Spain the exterior climate is considered in the “HE1 Energy saving”

document of the CTE which establishes 12 climate zones. Instead of heating degree days, each climate

zone is defined in terms of climatic severity (SCv for summer and SVi for winter). Climatic severity is a

meteorological variable that combines the joint influence of the outer temperature and the solar

radiation. Madrid has climatic severity for summer 1 (SCv = 1) and winter 1 (SCi = 1). For the rest of

capitals, climatic severity is assigned by comparison with Madrid. Each climatic zone is identified with a

letter (winter) and a number (summer). Madrid is in climatic zone is D3. For cities that are not capital of

a province, the climatic zone is assigned by means of the altitude difference of the locality with respect

to its capital. The “HE1 Energy saving” document offers data on temperature and relative humidity, for

the province capitals, that are used for the verification of the formation of condensation in the exterior

walls (http://www.buildingsdata.eu/country-factsheets). For instance, as mentioned under country

level, the U-values regarding the insulation regulation vary depending on the climatic zone. For the pilot

case study in Bilbao, which is located in climate zone C1 this would mean for floors 0.48, roof 0.35 and

walls 0.5 W/m2K. Yet, a reference building has to be consulted as well.

A similar logic applies to Sweden, though it is only divided into three different climatic zones, with

different requirements for each zone. The pilot in Malmö is located in climatic zone South. As an

example, the maximum installed power for electrical heating in non-residential buildings in the South

zone is 4,5 kW (Addendum when max. specific outdoor airflow at dimensioning winter air temperature

>0.35l/s is 0.022*(<q>-0.35); Addendum when Atemp >130 m2 is 0.025*(Atemp -130).

Page 66: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 65

Turkey is divided into four climatic zones. Ankara is in the 3rd climatic zone. According to TS 825,

maximum U-values are as following: 0,50 for walls, 0,30 for the roof, 0,45 for the floor and 2,4 for the

windows.

5.1.4. City and District Level

It is always advisable to consult the local authorities regarding city and district level legislation. They can

provide an overview of specific local regulations, for instance, if there are any specific materials to be

used, and the necessary zoning plans. In addition to this, they might be able to guide the retrofit project

towards possible incentives.

There are no specific local regulations on city and district level in Bilbao to be considered. The legislation

on regional level and on building scale cover all relevant issues.

The city of Malmö follows their own environmental programme that determines various goals regarding

environmental issues, such as carbon dioxide emission, pollution and storm water management. This

includes a sustainable energy action plan. One of the main aims is that by 2020 Malmö wants to be

climate neutral and by 2030 the whole municipality will run on 100% renewable energy (CONCERTED

ACTION, 2013b). Moreover, there are ways for a successful EPBD implementation on the city level in

Sweden. In order to allow the municipalities to follow the development of the building project, the

compliance check system is divided into two parts: first, there is an asset rating during the construction

phase. Second, there is an in-use test, with measurements during the second heating season of the

building. Hence it does not matter which type of calculation programme was used during the project, as

long as the measured energy consumption does not exceed the limit of the requirements (CONCERTED

ACTION, 2013b).

There is no specific energy retrofitting legislation on city and district level in Ankara, Turkey.

5.1.5. Building Level

In Spain the Buildings Energy Efficiency Certificate or labelling - Certificado de Eficiencia Energética del

edificio (Royal Decree 235/2013) is obligatory for public buildings with a floor space over 1000 m2 and

more than 25% renovated. This applies to the pilot case study in Bilbao, Leioa University Campus, as

more than 25% of the building envelope is going to be renovated. The certificate has to be displayed in a

prominent place as well. Additionally the energy demand has to be lower than the demand of a

reference building. This reference building is defined as the same building, i.e. similar in shape, size,

orientation, layout and use. For the case of Bilbao the U-values of the reference building are regarding

floors 0.5, roof 0.41 and walls 0.73.

New detailed renovation rules came into force in Sweden in 2012. Before 2012, the law simply

prescribed that ‘every change in a building should aim to comply with the requirements for new

buildings, taking into consideration the size of the alteration and the possibilities of the building’. The

Page 67: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 66

2012 regulations specified more details to make the interpretation and implementation of the

regulations easier (CONCERTED ACTION, 2013b). As described in Chapter 5 of deliverable 2.3, Malmö

Municipal Properties have Construction design guidelines, which describe the specific requirements for

construction projects, e.g. regarding technical details, digital control systems or energy meters. These

guidelines also specify that all new buildings and retrofitting have to reach certain environmental goals

of the eco construction application program called “Miljöbyggprogram Syd”. This program has stricter

energy requirements than the BBR. Furthermore it regulates other aspects, such as indoor environment,

noise, moisture issues and biodiversity. The Energy Performance Certificate: Energideklaration is

obligatory for all public buildings. Moreover there is a regulation for electric heated educational

buildings, such as the science museum in Malmö, to use up to 55 kWh/m2, respective 100 kWh/m2 for

non-electric heated buildings.

As previously mentioned the maximum temperature is 20°C for educational and residental zones, which

applies to the Turkish pilot case study, i.e. a Vocational School in Ankara, Turkey.

5.1.6. Incentives

As previously stated in Chapter 4 of Deliverable 2.3, successful market transformation is more

achievable with appropriate financing mechanisms in place. There exists a range of financial

programmes to support the improvement of the energy performance of buildings on EU and country

level.

Table 8 provides an overview of the main instruments and available funding at the EU level. A more

detailed description of these can be found in Chapter 4 of Deliverable 2.3.

Level Funding

Source

Instruments/mechani

sms

Total funding available Funding for EE

EU Cohesion Policy Funding

Operational Programmes incl. financial instruments

(e.g. JESSICA)

€ 10.1 billion planned for sustainable energy (RES &

EE)

€ 5.5 billion planned for EE, co-generation and energy management

EU Research Funding

FP 7 (e.g. Concerto, E2B PPP, Smart Cities)

€ 2.35 billion for Energy research

€ 290 million for energy efficiency

EU Enlargement Policy Funding

IFI facilities (SMEFF, MFF, EEFF)

€ 552,3 million (381,5 +117,8 +53 respectively)

About one third of total funding for projects in industry and buildings

EU Programme for European

Energy Recovery

(EEPR)

European Energy Efficiency Fund (EEE F)

€ 265 million 70% of funding to be dedicated to energy

efficiency

Page 68: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 67

Level Funding

Source

Instruments/mechani

sms

Total funding available Funding for EE

EU Competitiveness and

Innovation Funding (CIP)

Intelligent Energy Europe Programme (including

ELENA) Information and Communication

Technologies Policy Support Programme (ICT

PSP)

Approximately € 730 million for each programme

About 50% of the funding was dedicated to energy efficiency in

all sectors

Table 8. Main instruments and funding schemes on an EU level

Of particular interest for the energy retrofitting of public buildings is the European Local Energy

Assistance (ELENA) - European Investment Bank (EIB), as described in detail in Chapter 4 of deliverable

2.3. Funded by the European Commission's IEE (Intelligent Energy Europe), ELENA and EIB encourage

the implementation of large energy efficiency and renewable energy projects for the public sector. This

initiative provides technical assistance grants (of up to 90% of eligible costs) to local and regional

authorities for development and launch of sustainable energy investments over their territories.

The schematic Figure in Annex 2 summarizes the incentive schemes on the country level as well. There

are three different grants for energy efficiency in buildings in Spain. First the Plan 2000 ESE to boost

energy services contracts in publicly owned/rented buildings. Secondly, the Plan 330 ESE Activation Plan

in the State’s general administration buildings through ESCOS. Thirdly, the action plan 2008-2012 for

publicly owned/ rented buildings.

In Sweden exist incentive schemes for all building types through the energy declaration of buildings act,

e.g. incentives for investment in lower-energy buildings and energy demonstrations. Moreover there are

three specific incentive schemes for public buildings, i.e. the program for buildings with very low energy

use (Program för byggnader med mycket låg energianvändning - LÅGAN), the support for the installation

of solar heat and the support for energy efficiency, conversion and solar cells in public buildings.

Unfortunately there are no incentives for public building retrofitting available in Turkey.

5.2- STAKEHOLDER ANALYSIS

A stakeholder analysis helps to identify key stakeholders when developing a project, to collect

information about their interests and to determine whose interests that is most important to take into

account.

In Chapter 5.2.1 background information regarding stakeholder analysis is presented.

Chapter 5.2.2 describes a methodology for stakeholder analysis for retrofitting projects. The aim with

the stakeholder analysis is to sort out key stakeholders with impact on energy use in a public building or

Page 69: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 68

a public district. Moreover, the stakeholder analysis evaluates the identified stakeholders’ influence and

interest for reducing energy consumption to identify key players. The methodology can be used by all

retrofitting projects of public buildings. An Excel-tool was developed for collecting all the relevant

information and performing the analysis. A further description of the Excel tool can be found in Annex 3,

including a link to the actual tool. Annex 4 and Annex 5 include questionnaires to important stakeholder

groups; owners and users. The methodology uses the definitions of public buildings and districts from

A2PBEER Task 2.1.

Chapter 5.2.3 presents the results from a stakeholder analysis for a generic renovation project where

the methodology in Chapter 5.2.2 has been used. The stakeholder analysis is based on previous work in

A2PBEER.

A discussion of the results in the stakeholder analysis is presented in Chapter 5.2.4.

5.2.1. Stakeholder analysis background

In general, a stakeholder analysis is a process of gathering information to determine whose interests

that should be taken into account when developing a policy or a program/project. As such, a

stakeholder analysis will provide useful information about the persons and organizations that have an

interest in the suggested policy or project. Stakeholders can be defined as the individuals or groups that

have a stake, or an interest, in a particular issue and can be at any level in the society from global,

national and regional down to household level (André et al, 2012). For the purpose of this analysis, the

stakeholder is any actor that has an impact on energy use in a public building or a public district.

Stakeholders can also be groups of any size of aggregation such as individuals, organizations and

unorganized groups.

The relevant stakeholders to consider in a stakeholder analysis vary according to the type of reform

proposed and the process of identifying relevant stakeholders can be performed with different

methodologies. A systematic categorization of stakeholders often begins with a division between the

stakeholders that are responsible for the implementation of the policy or project and those that are

affected by it (André et al, 2012). Further methodologies to systematic classify stakeholders have for

example been described by Ballejos & Montagna (2008) where relevant stakeholders are identified in

five steps: 1) Specify stakeholder types, 2) Specify stakeholder roles, 3) Select stakeholders, 4) Associate

stakeholders with roles and 5) Analyze influence and interest of different stakeholders. To summarize,

the first four steps in the analysis aim at identifying stakeholders and classify them according to their

role, while the fifth step is used to evaluate their importance. The stakeholder analysis that is presented

in Chapter 5.2.2 on energy use in public buildings and public districts builds on the methodology by

André et al. (2012) and Ballejos & Montagna (2008).

When identifying stakeholders, it can be useful to classify them in different roles and types. As

mentioned already, one division could be to separate stakeholders that are responsible for the project

and those that are affected by it. Another valuable division could be between stakeholders that

influence the energy demand ex-ante or ex-post the proposed project. It is also possible to elaborate the

Page 70: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 69

division further with different types of stakeholders. In general, different stakeholder types can be

described as “the classification of sets of stakeholders sharing the same properties and attributes as

regards the dimension under analysis” (Evaristo et al, 2009). Regarding different types and roles of

stakeholders in energy efficiency projects in the building sector, several types and roles can be found in

the literature.

A white paper from the consulting firm Climate Strategies (2010), analyzed cost effective opportunities

to improve energy efficiency of buildings and performed a stakeholder analysis where stakeholders

were grouped into clients, financial stakeholders, electricity and gas utilities and other (such as

government and energy retrofit providers). An EU-project (Green Solar Cities, 2008) concerning energy

efficiency and use of renewable energy in buildings classified the important stakeholders in institutional

stakeholders (building authority, housing authority, energy companies and promoter), technological

stakeholders and users (the public, owner occupants and tenants of dwellings) (Green Solar Cities,

2008). WBCSD (2008) report Energy Efficiency in Buildings – Business realities and opportunities, also

describes different types of stakeholders in the building supply chain: Local Authorities, capital

providers, developers, designers (or architects), engineers, construction companies, agents, owners and

tenants. The stakeholder grouping for a generic retrofitting project that is presented in Chapter 5.2.3

has drawn upon the results from earlier research.

To analyze the importance of different stakeholders it is common to assess the different stakeholders’

possibility to influence the project or the policy and their interest in the project (Ballejos and Montagna,

2008 & André et al, 2012). Influence can be described as the stakeholder’s power over the project

where a stakeholder with high influence can control key decisions. Interest could be derived from the

stakeholder’s needs and goals related to the proposed project or policy. Usually a simple matrix,

including influence and interest, is constructed (see e.g. Ballejos and Montagna, 2008, Bryson, 1995 and

Eden & Ackermann, 1998) to identify the key players. The exercise can for example be performed

through brainstorming sessions (see e.g. André et al, 2012) where the participants consider the actors

that are important for the specific project or policy.

An additional step in the stakeholder analysis could be to assess the level of connections and

cooperation between actors. A stakeholder with many links to other stakeholders could be seen as

having a lot of power, even if it does not have high influence per se (André et al, 2012). As already

pointed out, many different stakeholder groups are involved in renovation of buildings. The main

relationships between different actors regarding energy efficiency in buildings have been described by

WBCSD (2008), see Figure 10.

Page 71: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 70

Figure 10. Relationships in the building value chain (WBSD, 2008)

5.2.2. Methodology for stakeholder analysis for retrofitting projects

A methodology for stakeholder analysis for retrofitting projects has been developed in A2PBEER based

upon different methods presented in literature (see e.g. André et al, 2008; Ballejos & Montagna, 2008;

Evaristo et al, 2009; Bryson, 1995; Eden & Ackermann, 1998). The aim of the stakeholder analysis is to

identify all stakeholders that have an influence on the energy demand in a public building/district and to

analyse their interests. The presented methodology can be applied to all public retrofitting projects and

can be used as instructions for performing the analysis.

This chapter describes the different methodological steps for performing a stakeholder analysis

according to the developed methodology. In Annex 3, a short description of the stakeholder analysis

together with a link to an Excel tool for performing the analysis can be found. Moreover, Annex 4

includes questionnaire to the stakeholder group owners and Annex 5 includes questionnaires to the

stakeholder group users.

A stakeholder is defined as any actor that has an impact on energy use in a public building or a public

district before, during or after a retrofitting project. Stakeholders can be individuals, organizations and

unorganized groups.

Public buildings are defined as buildings that are owned or occupied by public authorities, or are

intended for the use of the general public. Moreover, a public district can be explained as an area of a

country or town that is fully or partially set up of public buildings. There is, however, no general rule on

the definition of district borders. The definition of a public building is based on previous work in

A2PBEER.

The proposed stakeholder analysis has four different steps:

1) Identification of relevant stakeholders with an impact on energy demand and energy use

2) Stakeholders’ needs and requirements

3) Assessing and analyzing stakeholders power/interest

4) Further investigation of the stakeholders requirements through questionnaires

Page 72: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 71

For step 1-3 use the Excel-tool (found in Annex 1), for step 4 use the questionnaires in Annex 2 and

Annex 3.

Step 1: Stakeholder identification

In the first step of the stakeholder analysis, stakeholder groups that may be important for energy use in

public buildings is identified and listed in the Excel-tool. As a starting point the list of identified

stakeholders in the generic stakeholder analysis presented in Chapter 5.2.3 can be used. Please consider

actors that have an influence on all steps in the retrofitting process. When identifying the stakeholders

describe briefly in the Excel-tool how they influence the energy demand in the retrofitting project. In the

Excel-tool information may also be added regarding what scale the stakeholder is active; is it on a

building scale and/or on a district scale?

The relevant stakeholders may vary according to what type of building that is studied. For example, the

users will be different for different building typologies, see also the categorization of Public Buildings

and Districts in A2PBEER, Task 2.1.

Step 2: Stakeholders’ needs and requirements

A central pillar in the analysis concerns the relationships between energy demand and stakeholders’

needs and requirements. Therefore, an important step in the stakeholder analysis is to discuss

stakeholders´ needs, interests and requirements. Needs and interests can be for example be:

Reduce energy bill (building owner, ESCOs, building user)

Improve indoor comfort (building user )

Improve building maintenance (building owner)

Budget limits (building owner, investors, building user)

Aesthetic requirements (building owner, building user, architect)

Business and profit (architects, consultants, contractors, ESCOs,

For each identified stakeholder a first assessment of their interest, needs and requirements is made in

the Excel-tool. The requirements of key stakeholders may be further investigated through the use of

questionnaires, see step 4.

Step 3: Assessing and analysing stakeholders’ power/interest

All identified stakeholders are assessed regarding their level of power and interest for reducing the

energy demand in a retrofitting project in order to identify key players among the stakeholders. The

assessment should not be seen as a scientific evaluation of the different stakeholders but as an arbitrary

methodology to identify important players. The assessment of stakeholders’ power/interest may with

advantage be performed through brainstorming sessions.

Page 73: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 72

The stakeholders are prioritized given their order of importance by both considering the level of power

and the level of interest for energy efficiency of each stakeholder group. The level of power and interest

are assessed on a scale from 1-5 (1=very low, 2=low, 3=neither low nor high,4=high, 5=very high). For

example stakeholders may have a high level of power if they have legislative power, political influence,

are financially strong and important customers, are headed by influential spokespeople etc. In the same

manner stakeholder may hold little or no interest in energy efficiency of public buildings.

When the level of power and interest has been assessed in the Excel-tool, the stakeholders are

categorized in order of importance. The stakeholders are then grouped into either of the following (see

Figure 11):

Key players: High power (level of power: >3-5 and high interest (level of interest: >3-5)

Meet their needs:

High power (level of power: >3-5) but low interest (level of interest: 1-3)

Show consideration:

Low power (level of power: 1-3) but high interest (level of interest: >3-5)

Least important:

Low power (level of power: 1-3) and low interest (level of interest: 1-3)

The aim of the project should be to focus the efforts on the stakeholders in the category ‘Key player’ so

that their needs are met and that way facilitate for the project’s success. It is important to engage the

Key players actively throughout the project. The category ‘Meet their needs’ has a high level of power

but a low level of interest. The goal for the project team is to try to increase the interests of these

stakeholders for the project. The category ‘Show consideration’ has a low level of power but a high level

of interest, these actors should be kept informed, as they can be potential supporters to the project. The

stakeholders in the category ‘Least important’ have a low level of power and a low level of interest. They

should be informed through general communication and the goal is to increase their interest for the

project.

Page 74: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 73

Figure 11. Map of power/influence versus interest of stakeholders (Bryson, 1995 and Eden

& Ackermann, 1998).

Step 4: Further investigation of the stakeholders’ requirements through questionnaires

In this step the requirements of the most important stakeholder groups may be further investigated

through the use of questionnaires. Within A2PBEER two questionnaires have been developed (Annex 4

and Annex 5) based on the stakeholder analysis for a generic retrofitting project presented in Chapter

5.2.3. The target groups for the questionnaires are building owners and building users. More details

about the development of the questionnaires can also be found in Chapter 5.2.3.

5.2.3. Results from a stakeholder analysis for a generic retrofitting project

This chapter presents the results from a performed stakeholder analysis in A2PBEER for a generic

retrofitting project. The stakeholder analysis builds on step 1-3 in the methodology explained in the

Chapter 5.2.2. Based on the assessment, questionnaires were developed for the most important

identified stakeholders; this is described in the end of this chapter.

The aim of the performed stakeholder analysis is to identify and assess the interests of stakeholders

influencing the energy demand in a generic retrofitting project of a public building. The district

dimension is mentioned in Step 1: Stakeholder identification, and further analysed in the discussion in

Chapter 5.2.4.

Assumptions for the stakeholder analysis for a generic retrofitting project

For the stakeholder analysis, it is assumed that a project for improving energy efficiency in a building has

been initiated and as such focuses on different stakeholders’ interest for and impact on the energy

demand.

Page 75: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 74

It is of course very difficult to set a level of interest and a level of power for a generic project. The rating

of the power and interest of different stakeholders varies between different projects, different

stakeholders and individuals. The ratings are not exact but may serve as an example for projects that

would like to use the methodology described in the previous chapter.

The performed analysis was based on the assumption that the retrofitting project had a traditional type

of contract where the architects have greater influence than the design team and that the contractors

get involved when the design is decided. Moreover, the assessment is based on the Swedish market for

energy efficiency projects, based on the authors’ knowledge.

Step 1: Stakeholder identification, results

As a first step, the stakeholder groups that are important for the energy demand in a generic retrofitting

project were discussed and identified at a brainstorming session. The identification was based on

stakeholders identified in literature regarding energy efficiency in buildings. Previous work in A2PBEER

was also used as input; the building typologies in Task 2.1, the identified financial stakeholders in Task

2.4 and the KPIs developed in Chapter Hiba! A hivatkozási forrás nem található. and Hiba! A hivatkozási

forrás nem található. of this report. For every identified stakeholder group a discussion was held

regarding how they influence the energy demand and why they are important to include. It was also

discussed on what scale (building and or district scale) the stakeholders could be active.

The following stakeholder groups were identified as having an impact on the energy demand in a

generic retrofitting project:

Lenders and investors: Banks or funds provide capital for investments in energy efficiency.

Budgetary funds can for example come from local funds or structural funds. Lenders and

investors are usually concerned about the risk of energy efficiency projects and return equations

(read more in A2PBEER D.2.4). Lenders and investors may hinder energy efficiency project if

they do not consider them profitable. Active on building and district scale.

Energy providers: the actors that provide the users with energy. It can be public energy

suppliers or distribution utilities. In general, these companies generate, transmit and distribute

energy and energy efficiency is not their core business. Energy providers do not have an impact

on energy demand, but the type energy provided have an environmental effect. Active on

district and building scale.

Energy service companies (ESCOs): provide energy services. Energy Performance Contracting

projects is one example of energy services; in these projects the energy savings are guaranteed.

Active on building and district scale.

Consultants (design team): provide different services related to retrofitting and renewable

energy sources such as energy efficiency consulting, project development, implementation and

management, energy audits and building certifications. Active on building and district scale.

Architects: are the stakeholders that design the retrofitting project. Active primarily on building

scale but may be active on district scale.

Page 76: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 75

Contractors: are doing the retrofitting onsite. The contractors’ involvement in the construction

process depends on the type of contract that is agreed upon. Active primarily on building scale

but may be active on district scale.

Suppliers (technology, materials and system): offer energy efficient technologies, materials and

systems to the projects. The quality of the material and performance from different suppliers is

very important for the resulting energy use. Active primarily on building scale but may be active

on district scale.

Owner: For public buildings, the owner is often not the same as the user. The owner can also in

some cases be the same as the investor. The owner usually benefits from energy savings and

sets the requirements for the retrofitting project. Active on building scale but may influence on

district scale.

User: Could be anyone that uses a public building such as visitors and tenants. The user has a big

impact on the final energy consumption. Active on building scale.

Public authorities/Policy makers: Decides on legislation and policies for energy use in buildings.

Could be different levels: regional authorities, national authorities and EU authorities. Active on

building and district scale.

General public: plays a role through influence on for example policy makers, authorities, and

users. Active on district scale.

Neighbours: owners to the surrounding buildings. Are important when it comes to the district

level, especially when it comes to the possibility of using Renewable Energy Sources. Active on

district scale.

Figure 12 illustrates the possible interactions between the identified stakeholders on a building level

(neighbours are therefore not included). The interactions between the different stakeholder groups vary

in different projects. The type of contracts used by the owner will decide which actor in the construction

process that will have the main responsibility when designing the retrofitting project (contractor,

designer, consultant, supplier or ESCO).

Page 77: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 76

Figure 12. The identified stakeholders’ possible interactions

Step 2: Stakeholders’ needs and requirements, results

After the initial identification of stakeholder, the different groups’ interests, in relation to energy

efficiency in public buildings, were listed in the Excel-tool.

The result from the generic analysis’ regarding needs and requirements is presented in Table 9.

Needs and requirements regarding energy demand are focused on interest and major concerns on each

major stakeholder group.

Page 78: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 77

Stakeholder groups Interests and major concerns Scale Lenders and investors Decision-making is dominated by financial concerns

High profits

Low investment costs

Low return periods

Short time benefits1

Building/ District

Energy providers Sell energy to the building/district2

Buildings’ energy load distribution

Costs of interconnection with distribution system

Heating/cooling/energy lines load density ([MWt•h/m•yr])3

Distribution losses

Building/ District

Energy Service Companies (ESCOs)

Provide services, businesses opportunities and profits

Reduce the energy bill4

High cost-effective measures through a life cycle perspective5

Energy peak shifting possibilities

Real energy saving possibilities (rather than estimated)

Building/ District

Consultants (design team)6 Provide services, business opportunities and profit

Forerunners with a green profile have environmental concerns

Enough space to install or design the HVAC system to meet heating/cooling loads and comfort standards

Building/ District

Architect Provide services, business opportunities and profit.

Forerunners with a green profile have environmental concerns

Aesthetic values

Since they have to subscribe to an insurance, solutions have to be well known or guaranteed.

Mainly building/ may be active on district level

Contractors7 Provide services, business and profit

Forerunners with a green profile have environmental concerns

High profits from construction work

Prefer well known solutions and technologies8

Mainly building / may be active on district level

Supplier (technology, materials and systems)9

Business opportunities and profit

Provide material in time to the project

Market available competitive solutions

Mainly building/ may be active on district level

Owner10 Interested in high efficient measures at a low cost

May have a green profile and environmental concerns

Improve building maintenance.

Budget limits (pays the retrofitting project)

Aesthetic values may be important

Mainly building/ may be active on district level

User11 Demand on indoor comfort and low energy use

May have energy demands because of a green profile

Adapting the building to their specific activities

Low disruptive retrofitting works may be a requisite

Aesthetic values may be important.

Budget limits

Building

Public authorities/Policy makers12

Fulfilment of Energy Performance of Buildings directive as well as national legislation

Employment and create high quality jobs in several sectors related to energy efficiency

May have a big interest in sustainable development and green growth

May require keeping external facade physical appearance

Accelerate the speed of innovative technological solutions

Building/ District

General public For part of the general public environmental questions are important. District

Neighbours May have interest in energy sources and renewable energy. District

Page 79: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 78

Table 9. Stakeholders needs and requirements from the generic analysis

Footnotes: 1 The risk and return equation is often over a short time period, although mortgage lending involves longer time-scales. 2 Especially long term contracts (typically a district heating contract is for a minimum 20-years period). 3Heating systems are best used in markets where the thermal load density is high and the annual load factor is hig. 4 They usually provide midterm contracts for supply and maintenance. 5 ESCOs might have different contract models, but usually medium or long term contracts of around 20 years. Therefore their interest is not only short term cost-effective technologies but also technologies that have longer periods of return. 6 They usually work in collaboration with the architect, but when the design is almost finished. They are in charge of selecting the most cost efficient HVAC system. 7 The Contractors have to provide material and human resources to execute the work according to the project. In general, energy efficiency measures is not a major concern for contractors, they do not pay the energy bills of buildings operation. They usually work on a short term basis and have to subscribe an integrity insurance, for example in Spain for ten years. 8 Usually there is a lack of knowledge in the most recent technologies. 9 Suppliers are subject to the demands and requirements of the construction and demand team. 10 Some owners buy to sell (to make capital return), other buy to lease (as an investment) and other buy to occupy. The latter group is in the best position to consider investments that may have long term pay back times. 11 The users are the ones who pays the energy bill and those who benefit from indoor comfort. They usually have a long term perspective. Own control of the building may increase its acceptability and overall satisfaction. 12 Authorities and policymakers play different roles. Policymakers implement laws and regulation applicable to buildings (NZEB, public land occupancy, preserve physical appearance. There are also promoters that introduce principles of “green procurements” and demonstrators of new solutions that play the role of early adopters of pilot buildings and demonstrate the validity and viability of new solutions.

As Table 9 demonstrates, interests and major concerns differ between stakeholders. Financial concerns

are important for most of the stakeholders including lenders and investors, energy providers, ESCOs,

Consultants, Architects, Contractors, Suppliers, Owners, Users and Public Authorities. Environmental

concerns and being a forerunner may be important to Consultants, Architects, Contractors, Owners,

Users and Public Authorities. Moreover, aesthetic values may be important to Architects, Owners and

Users. There are, however, concerns that are more specific for different stakeholders. For example,

Users may be concerned about low disruptiveness and Energy providers might have specific financial

concerns when it comes to cost of interconnection of distribution systems.

Step 3: Assessing and analysing stakeholders’ power/interest, results

The identified stakeholders power and interest for reducing the energy demand in a retrofitting project

was assessed in order to identify key players among the stakeholders. The assessment should not be

seen as a scientific evaluation of the different stakeholders but as an arbitrary methodology to identify

important players.

The stakeholders were prioritized given their order of importance by both considering the power and

the interest for energy efficiency of each stakeholder group. The level of power and interest were

assessed on a scale from 1-5 (1=very low, 2=low, 3=neither low nor high,4=high, 5=very high), as

described in Chapter 5.2.2.

The results from the analysis of the stakeholders’ power and interest can be seen in Table 10 and in

Figure 13.

Page 80: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 79

Stakeholder or target group Level of

power

(1-5)

Level of

interest

(1-5)

Power/interest group

(KP, MTN, SC,LI)

Lenders and investors 5 2 Meet their needs (MTN)

Energy providers 1 2 Least important (LI)

Energy service companies (ESCOs) 4 5 Key player (KP)

Consultants (design team) 3 3 Key player (KP)

Architect 4 3 Key player (KP)

Contractors 2 3 Show consideration (SC)

Supplier (technology, materials and systems)

2 3 Show consideration (SC)

Owner 5 5 Key player (KP)

User 4 3 Key player (KP)

Public authorities/Policy maker 5 3 Key player (KP)

General public 2 2 Least important (LI)

Lenders and investors 5 2 Meet their needs (MTN)

Table 10. Assessment of the stakeholders power and interest on a building scale

It is important to note that the level of power and level of interest of different stakeholder groups varies

depending on many factors, e.g. the type of project and contract, the organisations and individuals

involved.

The following actors have been categorized as Key players: Energy service companies (ESCOs),

Consultants (design team), Architect, Owner, User and Public authorities. It is important to engage all

Key players in the project (Figure 13). Among these actors the owner has the highest level of power and

level of interest (assuming that they have initiated a retrofitting project). The ESCOs have a high interest

in the results of the project if they are contracted. The Public authorities set the legal requirements

which must be met in the project. The Architect and the Consultants have a big impact on the chosen

building solutions in the project but their role and their power depends on what type of contract that

are used in the project. The User has a big influence on the final energy demand.

Lenders and investors are categorized as Meet their needs. They have a high level of power but

generally a low level of interest. It is important to try to increase the interest of the Lenders and

investors for the project in order to obtain financing. For more information about different financing

options, see A2PBEER Task 2.4.

Suppliers (technology, materials and systems) and Contractors are categorized to the group Show

consideration. They have a low level of power but a high level of interest. It is important that the

products that the suppliers provide have a high quality and that the solutions are adapted to the

building. The power and interest of the Contractors may vary a lot depending on what type of contract

that is used in the project.

Page 81: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 80

The general public and the energy suppliers are categorized as Least important. They have a low level of

power and a low level of interest. It is important to keep them informed about the project.

Figure 13. Power versus interest grid for the stakeholders on a building scale

Development of questionnaires

Based on the performed stakeholder analysis for a generic retrofitting project two questionnaires have

been developed. Questionnaires are available for the identified key stakeholder groups: Building owner

and Building user. In a specific retrofitting project the developed questionnaires can be used to obtain

more information regarding the needs and requirements of these stakeholders. The questionnaires are

presented in Annex 4 and Annex 5. Questionnaires have not been developed for the key stakeholders:

Public authority, Architect, Consultants and ESCOs. The Public authorities set the legal requirements that

must be met so it is not relevant to develop a questionnaire for them. The Architect, Consultants and

ESCOs are all contracted by the owner in a retrofitting project. They are regulated by the contract with

the owner, it is thus important to underline the importance of energy efficient solutions in the contracts

rather than develop separate questionnaires for these stakeholder groups.

The questionnaires are designed to be used as a complement to the questionnaires presented in Annex

2 in A2PBEER Task 2.1 that gather information on the current state of the building, before the

retrofitting project starts.

Page 82: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 81

5.2.4. Discussion

A stakeholder analysis can help a project team to identify key stakeholders, to collect information about

their interests and to determine whose interests that is most important to take into account. This may

facilitate for the project’s success. The presented methodology for stakeholder analysis is based on

literature regarding this type of assessment.

The results from the stakeholder analysis for a generic project shows how difficult it may be to assess

the level of power and level of interest of different stakeholder groups, since these things depends on so

many factors, e.g. the type of project and contract, the organisations and individuals involved.

The performed stakeholder analysis may serve as an example for retrofitting projects where the project

team would like to perform a stakeholder analysis in order to identify key stakeholder groups

influencing the energy demand. The methodology described in Chapter 5.2.2 may be applied to any

retrofitting project. For more information, see Annex 3 with the Excel-tool and the questionnaires in

Annex 4 and Annex 5.

It is important to assess the requirements of different stakeholder groups. The legal requirements that

are presented Chapter Hiba! A hivatkozási forrás nem található. must be met. In addition to other

stakeholder groups may have other interests and needs that are important to consider. Based on the

stakeholder analysis for a generic retrofitting project questionnaires have been developed for the

Owner and the User. The questionnaires may be used to further investigate the needs of these

stakeholder groups.

The performed stakeholder analysis for a generic retrofitting project was made on a building scale. The

identification shows that most of the identified stakeholders are active both on a building scale and on a

district scale. The presented methodology can be used to assess stakeholders on a district scale. The

biggest difference on a district scale is that neighbours become an important stakeholder group

especially when it comes to the use of Renewable Energy Sources.

5.3- OBJECTIVES OF THE RETROFIT

The requirements of the retrofit will be determined by the legislation (Chapter 5.1) and by the needs of

the stakeholders (Chapter 5.2). Based on these requirements, the main objectives to be reached by the

project can be defined.

The retrofit may have different purposes depending on the condition of the building and the

stakeholders needs, these may include energy efficiency targets, indoor environmental quality

improvements and financial aspects, such as the budget of the retrofit, the operation costs, etc. The

stakeholders may decide which building elements to change and how, which energy source to use and

Page 83: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 82

which technical systems to install. The stakeholders, especially the owner may have a strong vision for

energy use and may decide about a main strategy to follow during the retrofit, for example to reduce

demand, integrate renewable energy sources, etc.

In the A2PBEER project, we defined some specific main objectives to be reached by the pilot projects.

The main target is to achieve the net zero energy level. Technically this level can be achieved through

many combinations of energy saving measures, renewable energy sources and technical system

improvements. However, costs and environmental impacts will put a limitation on the choices. Since the

resources available for the retrofit of a building or a district are quite limited, they must be exploited in

the most efficient manner (Csík , 2014 and Szalay et al, 2013).

Hence, in our interpretation the main objective of the retrofit is to minimize the use of economic

resources and the impacts on the environment over the life cycle of the project, while achieving the net

zero energy level on the building or district scale.

As various indicators exist to evaluate the economic and environmental quality of a building or district,

in the following sections these are summarised and described.

5.3.1. Economic resources

The use of economic resources can be evaluated with different methods and indicators, with the most

common ones being:

- payback period,

- net present value/ life cycle costs/ global costs,

- internal rate of return,

- benefits over cost ratio.

The methods are described in more detail in Task 2.4.

5.3.1.1. Payback period

The payback period is the length of time to recoup the cost of an investment. This a very common

indicator used for economic evaluation of projects. A simple payback period when the initial investment

cost is simply divided by the annual cost savings. The discounted payback period also considers the time

value of money.

The main disadvantage of payback period is that it ignores cash flows beyond the payback period. It

should not be used alone for evaluating the investment, but for example in combination with the

calculation of net present value.

Page 84: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 83

5.3.1.2. Net Present Value/ Life Cycle Costs/ Global costs

Life cycle costs consider the initial investment costs, the sum of annual costs for every year (energy

costs, maintenance, replacements, etc.), and the disposal costs if appropriate, all expressed as Net

Present Value referring to the starting year. The costs are calculated for a defined calculation period,

considering the residual values of equipments with longer lifetimes.

The European regulation No 244/2012 adopted the life cycle cost approach for calculating cost-optimal

levels of minimum energy performance requirements for buildings and building elements, using the

term ’global costs’ for life cycle costs.

The calculation principles are described in detail in (EN 15459, ISO 15686-5:2008, COMMISSION

DELEGATED REGULATION (EU) No 244/2012 and in the accompanying guidelines).

5.3.1.3. Internal Rate of Return (IRR)

The Internal Rate of Return is a rate of return used in capital budgeting to measure the profitability of

investments. It represents the discount rate at which the net present value of an investment becomes

zero. In other words, the IRR of an investment is the interest rate at which the net present value of costs

(negative cash flows) of the investment equals the net present value of the benefits (positive cash flows)

of the investment (i.e the rate at which an investment breaks even).

5.3.1.4. Benefits over Cost Ratio (BCR)

The Benefit over Cost Ratio (BCR) is an indicator that attempts to summarise the overall value of money

of a project. BCR is the ratio of the benefits of a project, expressed in monetary terms, relative to its

costs, also expressed in monetary terms. All benefits and costs are expressed in discounted present

values.

5.3.2. Environmental impacts

Environmental impacts can be measured with the help of life cycle assessment. The relevant impact

assessment categories are described in Chapter 4.2.5.6. The target of the retrofit should be to minimise

the impacts on the environment over a given time period, which may be 30-50 years or more depending

on the stakeholders’ perspective. Indicators can be applied similar to those for economic resources, for

example the concept of payback time can be adapted to environmental impacts.

6- GAP ANALYSIS

This chapter presents the method of gap analysis in detail. The goal of this analysis is to compare the

actual state of the building/district with a predefined benchmark value, identifying the ‘hotspots’ where

intervention is necessary.

Page 85: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 84

The gap analysis builds on the Key Performance Indicators (KPI) (Chapter 4) and provides useful inputs

to the next step of the methodology, where the technical intervention possibilities are defined (Chapter

7). This is a preliminary analysis, which will guide the designer team involved in the retrofitting project

to decide which technical measures to consider and assessed in more detail. The technical packages are

selected later based on the evaluation of synergies and the retrofit strategy.

Figure 14. Methodology of gap analysis

Figure 14 gives an overview of the gap analysis. The analysis starts with the identification of KPIs. For

this project, a list of KPIs has been determined and described in 4.1.5 and 4.2.5 for the district and

building level, respectively. For each KPI, the indicator value describing the actual condition of the

building/element is defined, and then benchmark values are set. These benchmark values are

dependent on the purpose of the retrofit and the climate zone in question. The difference between the

actual and the benchmark values determines the size of the gap for each indicator. A large gap

corresponds to an area where the performance of the building/district is inadequate and where

intervention is necessary. The steps following the gap analysis, the identification of the technical

intervention possibilities are explained in ChapterHiba! A hivatkozási forrás nem található..

6.1- ACTUAL STATE OF THE BUILDING/DISTRICT

KPIs have been defined on three levels in the previous chapter:

- element level: e.g. thermal transmittance of elements, efficiency of technical systems;

Page 86: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 85

- building level: e.g. energy need and energy use for space heating and cooling;

- district level: e.g. total energy use.

The actual state of the building/district can be determined with different methods depending on the

purpose, as described in detail in Chapter 4 in the Building and District Analysis sections. The main

methods are the following:

- survey: identification of the structures and the technical systems of the building/ district,

- on-site inspection,

- laboratory tests,

- monitoring of energy consumption,

- calculations with simplified or dynamic methods.

The result is a numerical indicator describing the characteristics of the element/building/district. For

example, the U-value of a wall structure can be estimated by calculation from the thickness of the wall

and the type of building material, or from simple measurement of the surface temperatures, or more

precisely from laboratory measurements. The result is the U-value of the wall in W/m2K.

6.2- BENCHMARK VALUES

For each KPI, a benchmark value should be defined. The choice of the benchmark value depends on

many factors, for example the building use, climatic conditions and the purpose of the retrofit.

The benchmark value will be different for different uses. Internal gains, solar gains, ventilation rates etc.

depend on the typical use of the building, and these will have a direct effect on the energy consumption.

Some aspects of the energy usage of different public buildings have been identified in Chapter 4.1.2 and

4.2.2, and also in Task 2.1.

The climatic conditions will also influence the benchmark values. A2PBEER applies the climate

classification of Ürge-Vorsatz et al. (2012) that groups climates into four types based on their priorities

in heating and cooling demand (Task 2.1.): heating only, heating dominated, balanced heating and

cooling demand and cooling dominated. The benchmarks will be different depending on the climate: for

example in heating only climates priority will be given to heat losses and heating energy demand. Here

the benchmark U-values will be lower than in a cooling dominated climate.

The benchmark values will also depend on the purpose and ambition level of the retrofit as determined

by the stakeholders, such as compliance with different energy standards or cost efficiency.

The goal of the retrofit can be for example:

Page 87: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 86

- cost-efficient retrofit;

- compliance with current requirements;

- nearly zero energy level;

- net zero energy building level;

- net zero emission level, etc.

A2PBEER targets a net zero energy level in the retrofit of the pilot projects. A net zero energy

requirement means an exact performance level of 0 kWh/(m² a) primary energy use in an annual

balance (Kurnitski et al 2011). This sets a benchmark on the building primary energy level, however, this

standard does not specify benchmarks on an element level.

The benchmark values for the purpose of A2PBEER need to be developed considering all these aspects

of building use, climate and energy standard. In some cases, creating benchmark values might be

difficult. While there are usually benchmark values available on the element level (e.g. U-values are

defined in most European national legislation, threshold values for labelling of heaters etc. are

available), the determination of some building level benchmark values may be more complicated. For

example, a reference energy consumption for each building use and each climate may not be available.

In these cases, no benchmark value will be applied, and these areas will be further analysed in Chapter

8-10.

6.3- GAP ANALYSIS

The gap analysis determines the difference between the actual state of the building and the benchmark

value set according to the previous section.

The analysis may give three results:

- KPI is favourable: the performance of the element/building/district is satisfies the benchmark

value, therefore no intervention is necessary to improve the performance in this regard.

- KPI is acceptable: the performance does not comply with the benchmark, but it approaches the

benchmark value. An intervention could be necessary, but first inadequate KPIs should be

considered.

- KPI is inadequate: the performance is not acceptable, and an intervention needs to be

considered to improve the performance in this aspect.

A possible way of characterization could be that the actual value is divided by the benchmark value:

Page 88: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 87

If this ratio is below 100%, the KPI can be regarded as favourable; if it is between 100 and 150%, the KPI

acceptable; and if it is above 150%, it is inadequate.

If GAP 100%, KPI is favourable,

If 100% < GAP 150%, KPI is acceptable,

If GAP > 150%, KPI is inadequate.

This categorisation of KPIs will be the result of the gap analysis, and this will serve as input to the

selection of technical interventions (Chapter 7).

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Favourable Medium Inadequate

KPI 1 220 30 40 50 550%

KPI 2

KPI 3

KPI 4

Result of GAP analysis

KPI 1

KPI 2

Benchmark valueActual value GAP CharacterizationKPI

Figure 15. Example for gap analysis

Figure 15 shows an example for gap analysis. For each KPI, the difference is calculated. For example, the

heating energy demand of the existing building is 220 kWh/m2yr, and the building is located in Climate

zone 2. The benchmark value is 40 kWh/m2yr (example only). The ratio of the actual value and the

benchmark is 550%. We see that the building does not comply with the benchmark value and the KPI is

Page 89: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 88

categorized as inadequate, which means that technical intervention is needed to improve the

performance of the building in this respect.

7- TECHNICAL INTERVENTION POSSIBILITIES

In this section, a methodology for the preliminary identification of possible technical interventions at

both building and district level is proposed.

The purpose of the methodology is the definition of a short-list of technologies, which can be

considered in the process of building/district retrofitting. Identified technologies are to be further

evaluated in terms of technical advantages/disadvantages and costs in order to define the final

intervention package.

The process to be followed in order to identify Short-List of Possible Technologies is represented in the

following Figure.

Page 90: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 89

Task 2.2 Technology List

BAT Analysis

Potential Upgrading Technologies

KPIs

GAP Analysis

Intervention Areas

Definition of Technologies

Long-List

Long List of Possible Technologies

Constraints Analysis

Preliminary Short List of Possible Technologies

Legend:Input / Output

Operational Phase

xxx

xxx

Current Technical Status

(Building/District)

Energy Strategies Definition

Figure 16. Methodology for determining the short list of possible technologies

Fundamental inputs to the activities described in this section are:

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs as described in the previous sections);

Current technical status of the building/district;

Energy strategy and list of possible solutions;

List of Best Available Techniques (BATs) at both building and district levels.

The GAP Analysis utilizes the information from the building/district KPIs to discover the gap between the

building/district performances and the reference benchmark performances: this is fundamental for the

identification of the areas where interventions are necessary (Intervention Areas).

This is followed by the definition of an energy strategy for the problematic areas. For example, if heating

energy reduction is necessary, the strategy will incorporate the following steps: reducing loads, applying

Page 91: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 90

efficient systems and using renewable sources or district heating. Corresponding technologies and

solutions will be identified.

The BAT Analysis is based on the comparison between the list of technologies currently installed in the

building/district and the list of Best Available Techniques (BAT) as defined in Work Package 2, Task 2.2.

Technologies included in the BAT list, and not currently installed in the building/district, represent

Potential Upgrading Technologies that could be considered in the retrofitting programme.

In the Definition of Technologies Long-list, information from the GAP Analysis, the Energy Strategy and

the BAT Analysis are used in order to define a list of technologies suited for the retrofitting of the

project building (Technologies Long-List).

Such a list still has to undergo the Constraints Analysis, which evaluates the features of identified

technologies taking into account the constraints imposed by the particular building/district or by the

particular location (e.g. climate conditions, building use, aesthetical issues in case of historical buildings,

other stakeholders requirements etc.). Thus, a Preliminary Short-list of Possible Technologies is

obtained, which represents the input to the following step (Synergies Analysis, which is described in the

following Section).

In the following subsections, the above-mentioned operational phases are described in detail.

7.1- ENERGY STRATEGIES

The gap analysis as described in the previous chapter shows the weak points of the building, where

interventions are necessary at different levels, i.e element/building and district. In this step the

intervention areas/solutions and technologies to reduce current building energy use depending on the

climatic zones.

Objective of this point is to define general strategies and intervention possibilities to guide the design

team involved in the retrofitting project, to achieve the measurable energy goals defined since the

beginning of the project taking in consideration stakeholder’s requisites (e.g. comfort issues, maximum,

energy use, budget limit... )

Building retrofitting under low energy criteria, must warranty year round low energy use whilst offering

comfortable temperatures in winter and summer alike. As a rule, these notions of comfort are

associated with heating, air conditioning, and ventilation techniques, all of which use energy. But at the

same time, this energy consumption is conditioned by the exterior climate and building envelope, the

barrier that shields interior from exterior and the building use profile.

Page 92: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 91

Thus, it might happen to have an excellent performing boiler or chiller that provides the required

comfort conditions but year round energy consumption of the building is very high because either the

building envelope is poorly insulated or because systems are not working in their nominal point.

In order to avoid this type of misleading from the GAP analysis, a general strategy that prioritizes main

intervention areas needs to be drawn.

Therefore, when it comes to energy retrofitting, the first priority is to analyze the possibilities to

minimize the needs for heat and cooling whilst warrantying indoor thermal comfort by designing the

envelopes and interiors with a heat or cold strategy taking natural lighting strategies in consideration.

Once loads have been minimized the needed energy to achieve indoor comfort conditions should be

provided by high performance HVAC systems that work at their nominal load. At the same time, the

possibility to connect the building at a district energy system or to take advantage of the renewable

source generation should be analyzed.

Taking all of these issues into account, this point describes the general energy strategy recommended to

follow for heating, cooling, daylighting, HVAC, on site renewable energy generation potential and district

scale network for the district types listed in Hiba! A hivatkozási forrás nem található..

Priorities related with heating/ventilation/cooling and lighting, usually the main buildings energy

consuming related activies, are likely to vary significantly from one climate zone to another, and may

vary from one type of building/district usage to another, or might even change from facility to facility in

the same climate zone and with the same building use because of the user behaviour. Because

technically is not possible to act on users behaviour, and because public building/district usage are

multiple (cultural, admistration, sport, hospital… Hiba! A hivatkozási forrás nem található. ) this point

focuses in defining climate related energy strategies, tackling with envelope lighting systems, HVAC

system, renewables and solution/technologies for each of the climatic zones.

As aforementioned, the suggested approach is to first minimize the envelope heating and cooling loads

with the design of the envelopes and interiors of buildings. Follow this by capitalizing on all of the

daylighting opportunities.These have a double benefit: the energy use is reduced and a smaller-size

HVAC system is needed to satisfy the reduced loads. Then comes the selection of the HVAC to ensure

systems energy efficiency along with the use of renewable resources and the synergies among different

interventions areas and at district scale (ASHRAE, GreenGuide 2010).

Therefore, in the early design stages the design team should consider

reducing the loads ,

applying for the most efficient systems, (for further details refer to D2.2)

using renewable resources and

looking for synergies among the technologies.

Page 93: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 92

The first three steps (loads reduction, system efficiency and RES) have the potential of increasing capital

costs. Therefore, the building retrofitting desing project might be very energy efficiente but if its first

cost is doesn’t fit into the budget it should probably be reviewed until it becomes an affordable project.

Part of the solution to get around this is to start look for synergies of how building elements can work

together.

As an example of how building elements can work together in a budget, let’s imagine a building that has

a large amount of southern exposure. Exterior-shading devices might result on an additional cost

because structural reinforcement is needed, but their can significantly reduce the summer solar load,

while still admitting lower angle winter sun. Daylight that passes through the shading elements (but not

direct sun) would allow for shutting off the electric lights on sunny days. The HVAC system for the south

perimeter zones could be significantly reduced in size and cost as the simultaneous solar and electric

lighting loads are reduced. Indeed, the HVAC system might well be simplified due to the significant load

reduction resulting even in the need of a smaller size and cheaper installation. A trade off between the

potential additional first cost of structural reinforcement and the operational energy savings needs to be

done, or even the lower initial cost of a lower size HVAC system can be included in the cost

effectivitiness analysis. Resulting cost savings can be used to pay for some or all of the additional

treatments.

These considerations in a hierarchal design process are not typically brought to the attention of the

HVAC&R engineer, who could significantly help improve the energy efficiency of the system once the

loadsa are given. Therefore, it might be said, that significant reduction of utility consumption and

environmental impact cannot occur by simply doing the same old job just a little bit better, and an

hierarchichal approach is needed.

7.1.1. Energy loads reduction strategies

To reduce building energy loads in the European dominant climates, special attention should be paid

first and foremost on,

• a heating loads reduction strategy

• a cooling loads strategy

• a natural lighting (daylighting) strategy

Page 94: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 93

Figure 17. Cooling (left figure) and heating (right) strategies summary (Source IEA-SHG, Annex 41)

These strategies are based in collecting sun energy and preserving it in the building in winter, whilst

preventing solar gains from entering the building, dissipating the heat that has entered, and cooling the

air down through evaporation processes are the main strategies to avoid summer overheating.

Strategies at the same time are related with the main energy flows or heat transfer mechanism in

buildings. As solution/measures/technologies usually act on one or several of these heat transfer

mechanisms, this point makes use of the ISO-EN 13790 scheme which relates building energy loads or

(Qh) with heat flows of conditioned zones or “1” Boundary of the heated or conditioned zone, as it is

depicted in the figure below. Thus possible solution, measures and/or technologies related with each of

this loads reduction will be referred to this scheme.

3 1

2

4

Figure 18. Energy balance of a building (Source ISO 13790: 2004 Thermal performance of buildings)

Where:

Q Energy use for heating

Qoa Heat from other appliances

Qr Recovered energy

Qhs Losses from the heating system

Qh Heat use

QV Ventilation heat loss

QVr Ventilation heat recovery

QT Transmission heat loss

Page 95: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 94

Qm Metabolic heat

Qs Passive solar gains

Qi Internal gains

Qg Total gains

Qg Useful gains

Qhw Heat for hot water preparation

QL Total heat loss

1 Boundary of the heated zone

2 Boundary of the hot water system

3 Boundary of the heating plant

4 Boundary of the building

7.1.1.1. Heating loads reduction

The basic principles guiding the renovation project towards heating loads reduction strategies are to

(1) increase the direct contributions of solar energy on the one hand and to (2) reduce heat losses on

the other hand.

Using the ISO 13790 energy balance scheme as basis, this implies increasing the passive solar gains (Qs)

and reducing building heat losses (QL) , that gathers transmission losses (QT) and ventilation losses (QV).

Figure 19. Principles of heating strategy. (Source IEA-SHG, Annex 41)

The different measures/solutions/technologies to increase passive solar gains are

1.- Capturing free heat: Capturing free heat means working on both the orientations and dimensions of

the building’s openings.

•The principle is to have broad openings to the south and smaller openings in the other

directions.

•To have high solar gain windows.

2.- Storing this heat in the dwelling: Storing the heat means working with large amounts of inertia that

lets damp the temperature peaks (of cold or warmth).

•Reinforce the use of thermal inertia of the floor slabs and in the interior walls.

3.-Keeping the accumulated heat whilst ensuring good indoor air quality: Keeping the accumulated heat

means that you will have to both:

- Reduce the transmission losses (QL)

Page 96: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 95

•Increase the compactness of buildings, (desing related)

•Reduce the glazed area: because their relative higher thermal transmittance values compared

to opaque façade, windows represent one of the weakest points of the envelope. Reducing

glazed area in the envelope, will contribute to reduce the transmission losses to the exterior in

winter.

•Reinforce the opaque envelope’s insulation

•Reinforce the window insulation

•Keep the thermal bridges down to a minimum.

-Minimizing the cold intake air from outside

•increase the airtightness of the building

•pre-conditioning of the fresh air intake by passive façade solutions (e.g Trombe walls)

• increase the heat recovery of exhausted air (Qvr)

Those strategies related with building design (e.g building compactness, southern oriented glazed

areas…) will be difficult to change or act on unless a deep retrofitting intervention is foreseen, therefore

no further analysis is going to be done.

The following figure and table summarize the measures and possible technologies that can be applied to reduce the heating loads of buildings.

Page 97: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 96

HEATING

HEATING demands= Heat losses – Heat Gains

Heat transmission to exterior

Thermal Insulation

improvement

Increased

compactness

Glazed area

decrease

Buildings

airtightness

increase

Outgoing air’s

heat recovery

Air tempering by

natural means

HEAT GAINS INCREASE

Inicident solar energy Internal heat loads

Solar energy

magnitudeIncreased use of solar energy

Reduction of cold air intake from outside (infiltration)

Climatic zone

DesignDesign

Building use

Buildings thermal

innertia increaseGlazed area increaseBuildings orientation

optimization

HEAT LOSSES Decrease

DesignDesign

Figure 20. General strategies for reducing the heating loads.

Table 11. Strategies and potential technologies/solutions/measures to reduce heating

loads.

Strategies to reduce heating loads Possible technologies

Increase the heat gains (Qs)

Increase solar heat gains

Solar magnitude NA: climatic related

Increase the use of solar energy

Optimization of building orientation to south NA in retrofitting

Increased southern oriented glazed area deep retrofitting

Optimize solar gains through window panes High SHGC windows (g>50%)

Storing solar energy in building thermal mass Effective thermal inertia Massive constructions or slabs Materials selection

Making use of the internal gains (Qi) NA: conditioned by building use

Reduce total heat losses (QL)

Reduce the transmission losses (QT)

Page 98: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 97

Strategies to reduce heating loads Possible technologies

Increase the compactness or buldings: deep retrofitting

Reduce north oriented the glazed area deep retrofitting

Increase the thermal resistance of the opaque envelope Increased thermal insulation

Increase the thermal resistance of the window Low U window with low-E layers

Keep thermal bridges to minimum Ensure thermal insulation continuity

Reduce the ventilation losses (QV)

Increase the envelope airtightness (included in QV) Membranes in façade Windows and openings Warranty construction quality

Increase the heat recovery rates of the exhausted air or ventilated air (QVR)

Systems related

Pre-tempering fresh air intake Trombe walls, solar walls, passive

7.1.1.2. Cooling loads reducing strategies

The cooling strategy guarantees summer comfort whilst limiting the use of air conditioning. It is a

bioclimatic principle that embraces several complementary concepts, as protecting building from solar

gains, preventing outdoor heat get into, minimizing internal loads and dissipating the stored heat.

Figure 21. Principles of cooling strategies (Source IEA2010-SHC Annex 41)

1- Protecting solar heat gain: In the summer, the temperature difference between the inside and

outside can be great, and the contributions of the sun’s rays (“solar gain”) can be considered thermally

unfavourable. Thus the strategy relies on trying to protect building from them and prevent them

penetrating inside the dwelling by:

Page 99: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 98

placing sunscreens on the windows that face south and west. These sunscreens can be

either shade plants or man-made protective structures.

Using highly reflective and low emissive window types.

Using high reflective surface or albedos that prevent solar irradiation to be absorbed in

building opaque envelope

2- Avoiding overheating by preventing outdoors heat inlet by:

reinforced wall insulation so as to limit heat exchanges between the indoor and outdoor

atmospheres; and

the use of major inertia, both in the floor slabs (on the ground and upper stories and in

the interior walls so as to damp the temperature peaks during the hottest times of the day.

3 - Dissipating the stored heat by ventilation: Dissipating the heat that has been stored over the day

means that one will work on both

the possibility of installing intensive night ventilation and

the outside layout that enhances evapotranspiration processes like, for example,

vegetation or any pond, that cools down the outdoor air around the building

The following figure and table summarize the measures and possible technologies that can be applied to reduce the cooling loads of the buildings.

Page 100: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 99

Figure 22. Strategies and potential technologies to reduce cooling loads.

Table 12. Strategies and potential technologies to reduce cooling loads.

Strategies to reduce cooling loads Possible technologies

Control or reduce solar gains (Qs)

Reduce solar heat gains

Solar magnitude NA: climatic related

Reduce the use of solar energy

Optimization of building orientation NA in retrofitting

Reduce glazed area deep retrofitting

Reduce solar gains through window panes Low SHGC windows (g<45%)

Protect fenestrated area Shading devices or solar screen

Prevent solar radiation to be absorbed Highly reflective /albedo surfaces

Minimize internal gains (Qi) NA: conditioned by use and equipment efficiency.

Avoid overheating

Reduce the transmission gains (QT)

Increase the thermal resistance of the envelope Increased thermal insulation

Storing solar energy in building thermal mass Massive constructions or slabs

Page 101: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 100

Strategies to reduce cooling loads Possible technologies

Increase total heat losses (QL)

Increase ventilation losses (QV)

Increase ventilation rates (included in QV) Window airing during night

Store night cooling in building thermal mass Massive constructions or slabs

Increase the heat recovery rates of the exhausted air or ventilated air (QVR)

Systems related

7.1.1.3. Strategies to increase daylighting

The notion of comfort in buildings also depends on the quality of light and luminosity of the indoor

areas. This quality and luminosity come from the right match between the activity for which the room is

designed and the quality of the light that enters the room.

Indoor areas lighting is composed by two elements: daylighting and interior lighting. In sustainable

renovation, preference should be given to making maximum use of daylight so as to reduce the use of

artificial lighting greatly. To do this, a daylighting strategy must be implemented.

Figure 23. Principle of daylight strategy (Source IEA-SHG, Annex 41)

The lighting strategy embraces several complementary concepts, as follows:

1- Capturing a maximum amount of daylight: Daylight is neither fixed nor always present in the same

amount, quality, and intensity. The amount of daylight that enters a building depends on:

geographic location and the different times of day and seasons (climate/latitude)

physical environment of the building (building design)

types of openings in the building (orientation, slope, dimensions design)

Page 102: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 101

window pane light transmittance values

use of overhangs or fixed screens

using of solar light collectors

2- Transmitting daylight into buildings: Transmitting daylight into buildings means that one will try to

get as much daylight as possible to enter the building. This is done by working on both:

shading elements

the interiors and layouts of the rooms.(desing related)

3- Distributing the daylight: Distributing the daylight in buildings consists in creating a good distribution

of daylight within the building. The distribution of daylight in buildings will be enhanced by:

the distribution of openings; (design related)

the arrangement of the interior walls; (design related)

the transparency of materials used for the interior finishing

the colors of the paint

4- Protecting from daylight: consists in blocking all or part of the incident sunlight when it interferes to

a certain extent with the use of a room. In the case of visual comfort, this consists for the most part in

protecting oneself from glare and direct beam when the sun is low on the horizon and its rays penetrate

deep into the room.

This screening from the sun’s glare can be achieved in particular by interior or external

blinds.

5- Controlling daylight: Controlling daylight consists of managing the amounts and distribution of light in a room in line with weather conditions and the occupant’s needs.

This screening from the sun’s glare can be achieved by interior or external blinds or

automatically controlled shading devices that are capable of modulating in multiple steps

the amount of solar gain and light transmitted into the space in response to daylight levels

or solar intensity.

6- Low power lighting luminaries.

To achieve maximum lighting energy savings, lighting power densities (LPDs) need to be

reduced by the use of high performance lamps (>90 lumens per Watt) and high

performance electronic ballasts and complemented with

Page 103: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 102

Occupancy sensors and/or daylight-responsive dimming to reduce or shut off the lights

when they are not needed.

The following table depicts the potential technologies that may fall within these strategies,

Table 13. Strategies to increase daylighting

Strategies to increase daylighting/high efficient lighting Possible technologies

Capturing daylight

Geographic location and the different times of day and seasons (climate/latitude)

NA: climatic dependent

Physical environment of the building (building design) NA: building surroundings

Types of openings in the building (orientation, slope, and dimensions design)

deep retrofitting

Visible or light transmittance of the window (VT) Clear glass Tinted windows Reflective window Photochromics/

Use of overhangs or screens Exterior overhangs Exterior Blinds/rollers

Using of solar light or skylight collectors Parans system Light tubes Flat skylights

Transmitting daylight

Layouts of rooms depending on their use and the interiors NA: design and building use related

Interior curtains/blinds

Distributing daylight

the distribution of openings Deep retrofitting:

the arrangement of the interior walls; (design related)

the materials used for the interior finishing Transparent material (glass)

the colours of the paint Use light colors

Protecting from daylight

Blinds/draps Internal or external

Highly efficient lightings

Low power high lighting density ligthings. LED Compact fluorescents

The Auxiliaries Adjustable ballast

The luminaire Higly reflective luminaires

Controlling daylight/lighting

Occupancy sensors for lighting control

Automatic daylight responsive controls for toplighting Photocontrols

Page 104: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 103

7.1.2. HVAC Systems efficency

An HVAC system design will warranty a uniform thermal environment, or at least sufficiently uniform as

not to adversely affect the occupants’ perception of comfort. The HVAC system is designed to provide

both thermal control for comfort and outdoor air for ventilation. Thus, different criteria, comfort and

energy use are in play, and these occasionally may come in conflict.

To achieve these criteria, the HVAC system will comply with the following thermal environmental

factors:

• Temperature (air and surfaces)

• Humidity

• Air Speed

A variety of HVAC systems can be used to meet the heating and cooling loads and provide the minimum

required outdoor airflow for ventilation. In general, the following actions should be considered when

selecting low-energy HVAC systems:

As far as possible, reduce energy loads significantly as described in previous points, this will

lead to select lower power HVAC, and to reduce thus, the final energy consumption and first

HVAC system cost.

Buildings perimeter zones, close to exterior façade are usually more subjected to outdoors

conditions and might be more load demanding, especially for high glazed areas. When

compared to the rest zones, there are significative loads, it is recommended to consider these

perimeter areas separately and think in local systems with increased cooling and heating

capacities.

It is important to integrate and properly control perimeter and central systems to avoid

simultaneous heating and cooling demands in southern and north oriented building zones.

Because of their rapid response, perimeter convective heating/cooling systems should be

considered as a means to offset any thermal discomfort caused by heat loss or solar gains from

the area immediately adjacent to the façade. Fan-coil units are often placed in perimeter zones

to respond quickly to changes in load arising from heavily glazed surfaces.

Minimize the energy required to condition ventilation fresh air. Strategies include demand-

controlled ventilation (DCV) and energy recovery.

o DCV approaches with dedicated CO2 probes for singlezone systems are well established;

Consider decoupling space ventilation and dehumidification from sensible conditioning, by

independently conditioning and supplying outdoors air.

Page 105: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 104

Take advantage of the moisture- and heat-absorbing capacities of the outdoor air. Strategies

include providing economizers or heat recovery units in all A2PBEER targeted climate zones,

evaporative cooling and evaporative condensers in drier climates, and the use of natural

ventilation whenever outdoor air temperature is lower than cooling setpoints.

A 100% outdoor air system (100% OAS), often called a dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS), is

often used to provide filtration, heating, cooling and dehumidification, and humidification of OA

for ventilation. This Guide uses 100% OAS and DOAS interchangeably.

A 100% outdoor air system may include energy recovery. These systems also reduce energy

associated with dehumidification by eliminating or nearly eliminating energy for simultaneous

cooling and reheating. And support the opportunity for cost-effectively applying energy

recovery with a single energy recovery unit for cooling and heating.

Decide whether to install a centralized heating/cooling system or a more distributed approach

where cooling and heating equipment are physically close to the zone.

Select centralized systems that locate direct expansion units or chillers, boilers, and cooling

towers away from occupied spaces when primary considerations are lower operating costs and

central maintenance and control.

o Centralized cooling systems tend to be more cost-effective when the total building load

exceeds 350 kW, depending on climate and patterns of occupancy use.

o Central boiler systems are applied in many building sizes since they can provide better

close space control and can be used with many terminal unit types.

Select zone-by-zone distributed systems incorporating both heating and cooling capacity when

low first cost and simplicity are primary concerns. (approach usually used for smaller buildings

or larger buildings with sufficient roof area).

o Distributed equipment usually consists of fan, cooling coil, compressor, and outdoor

condenser. Examples of distributed systems include packaged rooftop air conditioners

and heat pumps as well as refrigerant-based split-system fan-coil units.

o Water-source heat pumps fall also under this category.

7.1.3. On-site renewable energy system

On-site renewable energy systems like photovoltaic, solar thermal, geothermal energy, and wind

systems are used to generate/transform energy and are located on the building.

Building retrofitting project should allocate space and pathways for future installation and connection

of on-site renewable energy systems. (Ashrae 189, 2013), however the selected system will depend on

local climate, building circumstances and building energy needs.

Page 106: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 105

7.1.3.1. Solar photovoltaic

Photovoltaic (PV) systems have become an increasingly popular option for on-site electric energy

production. Places for installing PV systems include rooftops (like for example collectors integrated with

the roofing membrane), ground mounted, or as the top of a covered parking system. The systems may

be fixed-mounted or tracking.

Though their efficiencies are still low and first cost may be high, these systems require very little

maintenance and generally have long lifetime. The following figures and tables depict the daily

electricity production for the optimum orientation of one kWpeak power solar mono crystalline

photovoltaic panel in each of the demo locations.

As it can be seen in the following figure, daily production varies during the year depending on the

latitude and longitude.

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Av.

dai

ly e

lect

. pro

du

c (

KW

h/K

Wp

) &

glo

bal

so

lar

Irra

dia

tio

n (

KW

h/m

2)

Month

Daily Avge Elec Production per 1 KWpeak and avge. Daily Sum of solar irradition per m2

Id_Ank

Id_Bil

Id_Mal

Ed_Ank

Ed_Bil

Ed_Mal

Figure 24. Daily electricity production for the optimum orientation of KWpeak power solar mono

crystalline photovoltaic panel in each of the demo locations (source: PVGIs, JRC)

Table 14. Daily, monthly and annual electricity production for the optimum orientation of

1 kWpeak power solar mono crystalline photovoltaic panel in each of the demo locations

(source: PVGIs, JRC)

Page 107: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 106

Daily electricity production Nominal power of the PV system: 1.0 kW (crystalline silicon) Estimated losses due to temperature and low irradiance: 9.1% (using local ambient temperature) Estimated loss due to angular reflectance effects: 2.7% Other losses (cables, inverter etc.): 14.0% Combined PV system losses: 24.0%

Ankara: 39°55'14" North, 32°51'14" East, Elevation: 874 m a.s.l

Bilbao: 43°19'36" North, 2°59'24" West, Elevation: 28 m a.s.l.

Malmö: 55°36'17" North, 13°0'13" East, Elevation: 13 m a.s.l

Month Ed Em Id Im Ed Em Hd Hm Ed Em Id Im

Jan 2.2 67.9 2.68 82.9 2 62 2.5 77.4 0.87 26.9 1.03 31.9

Feb 2.9 80.7 3.55 99.5 2.64 74 3.34 93.4 1.47 41.3 1.78 49.9

Mar 3.7 114 4.65 144 3.4 105 4.43 137 3.12 96.6 3.87 120

Apr 4 121 5.25 157 3.89 117 5.1 153 4.31 129 5.52 165

May 4.7 144 6.24 194 3.89 121 5.19 161 4.41 137 5.84 181

Jun 5 149 6.72 202 3.96 119 5.36 161 4.46 134 5.98 180

Jul 5.3 164 7.3 226 3.93 122 5.36 166 4.23 131 5.72 177

Aug 5.3 163 7.26 225 3.72 115 5.08 158 3.8 118 5.12 159

Sep 4.8 144 6.46 194 3.77 113 5.07 152 3.29 98.7 4.31 129

Oct 3.8 117 4.89 152 2.88 89.2 3.79 117 2.07 64.1 2.6 80.5

Nov 3.1 93.4 3.87 116 1.98 59.5 2.51 75.4 0.95 28.4 1.15 34.4

Dec 2.2 66.5 2.64 81.7 1.87 58.1 2.34 72.7 0.55 17 0.65 20.1

Yearly average

3.9 119 5.13 156 3.16 96.2 4.17 127 2.8 85.1 3.64 111

Total for year

1420 1870 1150 1520 1020 1330

Where:

Ed: Average daily electricity production from the given system (kWh) Em: Average monthly electricity production from the given system (kWh) Id: Average daily sum of global irradiation per square meter received by the modules of the given system (kWh/m2) Im: Average sum of global irradiation per square meter received by the modules of the given system (kWh/m2)

7.1.3.2. Solar Hot Water Systems

Simple solar systems are most efficient when they generate heat at low temperatures. General issues

that should bear in mind when considering solar hot water heating systems include the following:

Page 108: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 107

Solar systems do not usually satisfy the full annual service hot water load, and therefore an

auxiliary system is needed to ensure the hot water production.

Heat storage tanks are needed to ensure hot water availability throughout the day.

In general, 1m2 of collector heats about 35liters/day of service water at 44° latitude (Bilbao).

Collectors do not have to face due south; they receive 94% of the maximum annual solar energy

if they are 45° east or west of due south.

The optimal collector tilt for service hot water applications is approximately equal to the

latitude where the building is located; however, variations of ±20° only reduce the total energy

collected about 5%. This is one reason that many collector installations are flat to a pitched roof

instead of being supported on stands.

The optimal collector tilt for building heating (not service water heating) systems is

approximately the latitude of the building plus 15°, however in overcast climates they do not

provide heat enough to be used in heating systems.

Collectors can still function on cloudy days to varying degrees depending on the design, but

they perform better in direct sunlight; collectors should not be placed in areas that are

frequently shaded.

Solar systems in most climates require freeze protection.

7.1.3.3. Wind Turbine

Wind energy is one of the most mature and lowest kWh/€ initial cost renewable energy technologies

available nowadays, but its production relies on the unpredictable wind resource, and production can be

almost negligible despite the installed power.

Small- to medium-sized wind turbines ranging from 4 to 200 kW are typically considered for buildings.

These turbines can be connected to the utility grid through the building’s electrical distribution system.

But main of their drawbacks is the installation of one of these turbines in an urban area and the real

wind patterns at micro level area, because they can vary significantly. Therefore, when considering a

wind turbine at district /building scale, wind patternes need and the possibility to store or sell excedent

electricity need to be considered.

7.1.3.4. Biomass boilers

Wood and biomass is considered a carbon neutral fuel, the carbon dioxide emitted when it is burnt is

absorbed by trees in the growing trees. Biomass comes as raw logs, woodchips, briquettes or pellets

that can be burnt in special boilers like under-fire boilers, downdraught wood boilers or wood pellet

boilers (Corinair 2006, B216v2) that are connected to any building heating or service hot water system.

Page 109: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 108

However the net calorific value of biomass is very dependent of its water content. Fresh unseasoned

wood has very low calorific value and its combustion is prone to produce high concentrations of unburnt

substances like CO, COVs and PM, whilst a lot of space is needed to store the biomass.

Wood pellets and briquettes are produced from sawdust and waste wood and have more reliable

moisture content (<10%). They NCV is higher than seasonal wood and take one third less space than logs

and chips, are easier to handle and mechanically conveyed. It is becoming easier to find a local supplier.

Therefore when thinking on the possibility of installing a biomass boiler, issues related local fuel

availability, local air quality legislation, storage capacity and maintenance needs should be taken into

consideration.

7.1.3.5. Ground source heat pumps

A heat pump is a machine whose purpose is to take advantage of the free heat present in the

environment: outside air, ground water and the soil. In fact, any given body, even one that can be

considered as being“cold”, contains an important quantity of energy that can be recovered. The

operating principle consists of extracting free heat from the outside medium (called the cold source),

increasing the level of the temperature and restituting the heat at a higher temperature in the dwelling.

The ground coupled water source heat pump system takes advantage of the high thermal capacitance of

the earth to store heat rejected into the ground by the cooling system during summer to be used as a

resource for winter heating. In general, successful implementation of a ground-coupled heat pump

system requires relative balance between the amount of heat extracted from the ground for the

heating cycle and the amount of heat rejected into the ground for the cooling cycle. Nevertheless there

are some additional issues that should be considered as well, i.e, (1) earth’s diffusivity in contact with

the ground-coupled heat transfer system, (2) sizing the ground coupling system according to earth’s

diffusivity measurement (3) appropriate design and control of the hydronic circulation system to

optimize the ratio heat cooling efficiency/ pumping energy.

7.1.4. District heating and cooling

District heating/cooling distributes thermal energy normally in the form of hot water, steam or cool

water from a central source to residential, commercial, and/or industrial consumers for use in space

heating, domestic hot water heating, process heating, cooking, and humidification. Thus, the heating

/cooling effect comes from a distribution medium rather than being generated on site at each facility.

Whether the system is a public utility used in an Open District urban context as described in D2.1, or

user owned, such as a multi-building campus like college campuses, medical complexes, and military

bases or Closed District, where the loads are “captive” (i.e., there is a common owner for the district

heating plant and the buildings being served), it has economic and environmental benefits depending

largely on the particular application.

Page 110: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 109

District heating and/or cooling systems are best used in markets where the thermal load density is high

and the annual load factor is high.

A high load density is needed to cover the capital investment for the transmission and distribution

system, which usually constitutes a significant portion of the capital cost for the overall system, often

amounting to 50% or more of the total cost. This makes district heating systems most attractive in

serving densely populated urban areas and high-density building clusters with high thermal loads,

especially tall buildings.

The annual load factor is important because the district heating system is capital intensive and

maximum utilization of the equipment throught the year is necessary for cost recovery.

Thus, in general district heating systems are more economic in colder climates. However, the use of

absorption air conditioning by customers can also provide summer load for systems operating at high

enough supply temperatures (Ashrae 2013), making district heating/cooling systems cost-effective in

most of the European climates.

7.2- GAP ANALYSIS & BAT ANALYSIS

KPIs utilized in the gap analysis, as described in Chapter 4, are classified into three groups: building

element, building or district. The scores related to the different KPIs can be useful for the identification

of the potential areas of improvement within the building or the district.

For instance: high building heat losses can be attributed to inappropriate envelope insulation properties

or excessive ventilation; high district total energy demand can originate from the high consumption of

the district heating, cooling, ventilation or lighting systems.

The following table provides indications on the possible intervention areas highlighted by the different

KPIs.

Level of Gap Analysis KPI area Intervention areas

Element

Building structures Envelope

Heating system Heating System

Cooling system Cooling System

Lighting system Lighting System

DHW system DHW System

Building

Heat losses Envelope

Energy need Envelope

Page 111: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 110

Level of Gap Analysis KPI area Intervention areas

Final Energy Demand

Envelope Ventilation System

Heating System Cooling System Lighting System

DHW System Elevators

Building Management System

Primary Energy Demand

Envelope Ventilation System

Heating System Cooling System Lighting System

DHW System Building Management System

Elevators Renewable Energy Systems

CO2 Emission

Envelope Ventilation System

Heating System Cooling System Lighting System

DHW System Building Management System

Elevators Renewable Energy Systems

Operation Costs

Envelope Ventilation System

Heating System Cooling System Lighting System

DHW System Building Management System

Renewable Energy Systems Elevators

Building Management Building Management System

Comfort

Envelope Ventilation System

Heating System Cooling System Lighting System

DHW System Building Management System

Page 112: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 111

Level of Gap Analysis KPI area Intervention areas

Renewable Energy Systems Renewable Energy Systems

District

Total Energy Demand

Heating System Cooling System Lighting System

Ventilation System

Renewable Energy Systems Renewable Energy Systems

District Heating/Cooling System Heating System Cooling System

Distribution System

Urban Characteristics Smart Grid System

Table 15. Possible intervention areas identified by the KPIs analysis

As described in Chapter 6-, the score associated with a certain KPI can be: favourable, acceptable or

inadequate.

A favourable KPI indicates that the specific performance evaluated by the KPI itself is in line with

selected benchmarks, therefore no specific intervention is necessary to improve this performance. An

acceptable KPI suggests that the performance is not completely in line with benchmarks even if could be

acceptable, with certain limitations: in this case an intervention should be considered in order to

improve the performance. An inadequate KPI highlights that the performance is not acceptable and

therefore an intervention has to be considered for mitigating/solving the issue.

First, an Energy Strategy will be defined, as described in the previous chapter. This strategy will list the

potential solutions and technologies for building retrofit.

The BAT Analysis is aimed at comparing the current technological status of the building/district in hand

(in terms of type of technologies currently installed), with the list of technologies defined in the Energy

Strategy and the Best Available Techniques (BAT) as defined in Work Package 2, task 2.2. The results of

this comparison is used to identify potential upgrading technologies to be considered in the

building/district retrofitting.

BAT are classified according to the following table.

Category Technology Intervention Scale

Page 113: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 112

Category Technology Intervention Scale

Envelope

Insulation

Building Glazing

Shading

Wall&Roof

Renewable Energy System

Solar Building/District

Geothermal Building/District

Wind Building

Energy Storage Building/District

HVAC/DHW

Boiler

Building

Innovative HVAC Systems

Pumps

Thermal Energy Recovery Systems from Waste Water

Heat Recovery Ventilation

Smart Controls

Smart Meters

Lighting

Daylighting Building

Replacement of Lamps Building/District

Replacement of Ballast Building/District

Luminaire Selection Building/District

Controls Building/District

Smart Meters Building

Elevators Smart Destination Dispatch Control Software Building

In-cab Sensors and Software automatically turning off lights, ventilation, music, etc.

Building

Management System Building Management System (BMS) Building

Information and Communication Technologies

Networks, Human Area Networking (HAN) and Wide Area Networking (WAN)

District

Table 16. Best Available Techniques (BAT) list

An example of list of potential upgrading technologies is shown in the figure below: the green tick

identifies the technologies not already present in the building/district, which, therefore, could be

considered in the retrofitting project. Conversely, the red crosses identify the technologies which are

already present in the building/district and, therefore, not to be considered in the retrofitting project.

Page 114: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 113

Potential Upgrading

Technologies

•Tech 1

•Tech 2

•Tech 3

•Tech 4

•Tech 5

•Tech 6

•Tech 7

•...

Figure 25. List of potential upgrading technologies

7.3- DEFINITION OF TECHNOLOGIES LONG-LIST

After the completion of the above mentioned steps, the Technologies Long-List can be defined. This list

includes all the possible technologies that can be considered in the retrofitting project. The process to

be followed is described in the figure below.

Page 115: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 114

Inadequate KPIs•KPI 1•KPI 2•KPI 3•....

Intervention Areas•Envelope•Heating system•Cooling System•...

Potential Upgrading

Technologies

•Tech 1

•Tech 2

•Tech 3

•Tech 4

•Tech 5

•Tech 6

•Tech 7

•...

Technologies Long List - A•Tech 1•Tech 3

•Tech 4•Tech 6

Medium KPIs•KPI 4•KPI 5

•KPI 6•...

Intervention Areas•Heating system•Cooling system

•Ventilation system•...

Potential Upgrading

Technologies

•Tech 1

•Tech 2

•Tech 3

•Tech 4

•Tech 5

•Tech 6

•Tech 7

•...

Technologies Long List - B•Tech 3•Tech 4•Tech 5•Tech 6•Tech 7

Figure 26. Scheme describing the definition of the technologies long list

The Technologies Long-List consists of two different sub-lists: Technologies Long-List A and Technologies

Long-List B. The first derives from the gaps identified by the Inadequate KPIs; as already mentioned,

these KPIs identify gaps which have to be considered as priority, therefore, the List A represents a group

of technologies to be considered as very important in the retrofitting project.

Instead, the List B originates from the gaps identified by the Acceptable KPIs: this means that these gaps

are less urgent with respect to the previous ones and therefore the List B includes technologies, which

are less important in the retrofitting project.

Page 116: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 115

Starting from the intervention areas identified by the KPI Analysis, the technologies available for solving

the issue identified by the KPIs (marked by the green tick) can be selected from the Potential Upgrading

Technologies.

Due to the fact that two different problems can be mitigated by the same technology, a technology

overlapping could occur between the two lists A and B (i.e. the same technology is present in both lists).

For instance, if an inadequate KPI indicates a high heat loss coefficient and an acceptable KPI indicates a

medium thermal comfort level, for addressing both the gaps, a retrofitting of the building envelope can

be considered (e.g. spray foam). In this case, the selected technology (spray foam) will be only in the

List A, since it is the prioritised List. This concept is graphically represented in the previous figure by the

erased technologies.

7.4- CONSTRAINTS ANALYSIS

The two lists defined through the previous step have to undergo a screening phase (the Constraints

Analysis) in order to eliminate those technologies which are not compliant with the features of the

specific building/district location or with particular building requirements.

Every technology, in fact, has a most suitable condition under which it works better. The technology list

defined in WP2, Task 2.2 sets two groups of constraints to be considered when implementing a certain

technology:

When – Operating Conditions;

When – Climate.

The first group includes constraints such as the building use schedule, the district land-use pattern (e.g.

district density, building heights, street characteristics, etc.) and the district usage (pattern of energy use

according to the different users included in the district).

The second group of constraints focuses on the climate issue at global level or at microclimate level.

The climate condition at global level refers to the average climate characteristics of a region in terms of

ambient temperature, humidity, typical average weather (e.g. number of snowy days per year). The

microclimate conditions are instead related to the specific characteristics of the considered area,

considering a lower scale with respect to the global level climate condition. A microclimate, in fact, is a

local atmospheric zone where the climate differs from the surrounding area. The main factors

contributing to define a microclimate can be1: topography (e.g. flat land, peak), heat island effect

1 As detailed in WP2, Task 2.1.

Page 117: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 116

(temperature is higher than in the surrounding areas due to human activity), wind effect (high wind

speeds can increase energy demand) and solar effect (influencing heat loads and natural lighting). As an

example, when considering the installation of unglazed collectors for solar thermal production, it must

be considered that this technology is not suitable for cold climates since its efficiency is negatively

affected by low ambient temperature.

Additional constraints to be considered in a retrofitting project arise in case of historical building: in this

case, a further condition (Historical Building Preservation) has to be evaluated in order to assess if the

intervention be implemented in the building preserves the building historic character. For example, in

order to achieve a heat loss reduction, the enhancement of the internal thermal insulation is commonly

adopted in retrofitting project, so that the original appearance of a historical building facade can be

preserved (Co2olBricks ), and no insulation improvement is implemented on the exterior building

facade.

The constraints analysis has to be carried out for each technology of the Long Lists A and B. A

qualitative evaluation is provided according to the following rationale. A graphical evaluation (mark) is

also provided (see Figure 27 below).

condition totally satisfied (green mark): the technology is totally compliant with the imposed

constraints;

condition partially satisfied (yellow mark): the technology is not totally compliant with the

imposed constraints, anyway, the technology can be accepted with a certain margin of

tolerance. As an example: a horizontal axis wind turbine would require to be installed in open

areas with smooth airflow and few obstacles. If the terrain is characterizes by a certain

roughness, this means that the ideal operating condition of the turbine are not met, anyway the

equipment can operate, probably without offering the better performances. In this situation,

the Operating Condition requirement is partially met and the associated mark will be yellow;

condition not satisfied (red mark): the technology is not compliant with the imposed

constraints. For example, in case of retrofitting of historical building, the improvement of

thermal insulation through façade cladding may not be acceptable since it would compromise

the exterior appearance of the building.

The definition of the Preliminary Technologies Short-List is carried out adopting the logic approach

described in the figure below.

Page 118: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 117

Technologies

Long-List A

Constraints Analysis ConditionsConstraints

Analysis ScoreWhen – Operating

ConditionsWhen - Climate

Historical Building

Preservation

Tech 1

Tech 3

Tech 4

Tech 6

•Tech 1

•Tech 6

Technologies

Long-List B

Constraints Analysis ConditionsConstraints

Analysis ScoreWhen – Operating

ConditionsWhen - Climate

Historical Building

Preservation

Tech 5

Tech 7

•Tech 5

•Tech 7

Preliminary Technologies Short-List A

Preliminary Technologies Short-List B

Figure 27. Scheme describing the definition of the preliminary technologies short-list

For each Long-List (A and B) a table is built, where the first column is occupied by the various

technologies. In correspondence of each condition, for a specific technology, the mark is inserted. The

final column to the right of the table includes the result of the analysis for each technology (Constraints

Analysis Score). The result is obtained this way:

in order to have the technology totally accepted (Constraints Analysis Score: green mark) all the

conditions related to the considered technology must be acceptable (i.e., green mark);

in case at least one of the conditions is partially acceptable (yellow mark), being all the

remaining acceptable, the final score is partially acceptable (Constraints Analysis Score: yellow);

in case at least one of the conditions is not acceptable, the technology is not acceptable

(Constraints Analysis Score: red).

Page 119: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 118

Through this process two Preliminary Technologies Short-Lists for each original Long-List (i.e.two

Preliminary Technologies Short-Lists A and two Preliminary Technologies Short-Lists B) are obtained

(grouped in the green box and in the yellow box, as represented in Figure 27). The technologies included

in the green box are those characterised by a total compliance with the constraints analysis conditions.

Conversely, the technologies included in the yellow box represent potential solutions which feasibility

could be at risk in terms of compliance with the imposed constraints.

The potential list of technologies should then be evaluated or narrowed down against stakeholder’s

requisites identified in point Hiba! A hivatkozási forrás nem található. like for example low initial cost,

well known technologies, high energy efficiency on life cycle analysis, low disruptiveness, building’s pre-

intervention existing installations, etc.

8- SYNERGIES OF APPLICABLE TECHNOLOGIES

The term synergy defined by R. Buckminster Fuller (1975) who analysed some of its implications, its

main effects or “synergetic effects” are:

• A dynamic state in which combined action is favoured over the difference of individual component

actions.

• Behaviour of whole systems unpredicted by the behaviour of their parts taken separately, known as

emergent behaviour.

• The cooperative action of two or more stimuli resulting in a different or greater response than that

of the individual stimuli.

These effects may appear individually or combined when grouped technologies. Synergies are

commonly mentioned but scarcely reported, even though this term is nowadays commonly used

literature reviews show no accurate results when it comes to define the effect of different technologies

when combined together.

8.1- SYNERGIES DEFINED AT BEST PRACTICE EXAMPLES

A2PBEER Task 2.3 analysed 75 examples of retrofitting good practice for public buildings in Europe.

When it came to analyse the possible synergies among technologies twelve groups were identified to

classify the different technologies and strategies. This is first combination of technologies the ones

covering the same intervention area.

Additional insulation and replacement of windows are the most commonly applied followed by the

replacement of lamps (both LED, more efficient fluorescents and CF) and boilers (or heating source

including CHP, solar thermal and district heating). The replacement of the heating system in a sixth

place, includes thermostatic valves in most cases. Building management systems and renewable energy

Page 120: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 119

sources share a seventh position, being applied to less than half of the analysed interventions. In the last

category other strategies are grouped as solar shading, daylighting, water use reduction strategies and

individual controls.

Figure 28. Strategies and technologies by number of times applied.

A single group of technologies was applied only in two of the identified best practices. Average number

of technologies applied in each case is about four but 65% of analysed retrofittings applied five or more

technologies.

Figure 29. Amount of combined technologies applied in the retrofitting interventions.

This has a direct effect on both the reduction of energy consumption and the cost of the intervention.

Next graphic shows the average reduction of energy consumption and the average cost for interventions

Page 121: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 120

if the same number of technologies was applied. While the energetic benefits are clearly improved by

the increased number of technologies applied, cost shows no direct relation to this parameter.

Figure 30. Average cost and energy consumption reduction for interventions applying the same

amount of combined technologies.

The combination matrix shows that passive improvements are usually applied together (additional

insulation and window replacement) and they are the first choice of combination with any other

technology. Boiler and heating systems are the second most combined group of technologies, while

ventilation strategies fall into the most uncommonly combined (being also among the more limited

chosen in sum). Next table shows the per cent of applications of a certain technology in combination

with a second, among the collected retrofitting examples. It is important to highlight the fact that smart

combinations of measures can create a strong synergy and lead to results that are more than the sum of

individual measures, but this combination may not be replicable with the same effects on different

building. A colour chart has been used to clarify the matrix:

Technology Combined with:

Application (%) In

sula

tio

n

wal

ls

Insu

lati

on

roo

f/at

tic

ne

w

win

do

ws

ven

tila

tio

n

Nat

ura

l

ven

tila

tio

n

HR

V

Bo

iler

He

atin

g

syst

em

Lam

ps

Ligh

tin

g

con

tro

ls

BEM

RES

Oth

er

Insulation walls

x 94,12 82,35 19,61 9,80 23,53 52,94 45,10 47,06 19,61 35,29 41,18 29,41

Insulation roof/attic

92,31 x 80,77 17,31 7,69 23,08 53,85 46,15 48,08 21,15 30,77 38,46 28,85

new windows

91,30 91,30 x 15,22 13,04 30,43 52,17 47,83 50,00 26,09 30,43 36,96 30,43

Page 122: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 121

Ventilation 66,67 60,00 46,67 x 0,00 13,33 26,67 33,33 33,33 6,67 53,33 40,00 20,00

Natural ventilation

71,43 57,14 85,71 0,00 x 28,57 14,29 28,57 71,43 42,86 71,43 42,86 57,14

HRV 60,00 60,00 70,00 10,00 10,00 x 40,00 35,00 40,00 25,00 35,00 35,00 35,00

Boiler 75,00 77,78 66,67 11,11 2,78 22,22 x 47,22 58,33 22,22 44,44 52,78 13,89

Heating system

67,65 70,59 64,71 14,71 5,88 20,59 50,00 x 58,82 29,41 35,29 35,29 35,29

Lamps and ballasts

64,86 67,57 62,16 13,51 13,51 21,62 56,76 54,05 x 32,43 40,54 40,54 35,14

Lighting controls

52,63 57,89 63,16 5,26 15,79 26,32 42,11 52,63 63,16 x 42,11 42,11 47,37

BEM 62,07 55,17 48,28 27,59 17,24 24,14 55,17 41,38 51,72 27,59 x 48,28 37,93

RES 72,41 68,97 58,62 20,69 10,34 24,14 65,52 41,38 51,72 27,59 48,28 x 55,17

Other 62,50 62,50 58,33 12,50 16,67 29,17 20,83 50,00 54,17 37,50 45,83 66,67 x

Table 17. Per cent of applications of a certain technology in combination with a second,

among the collected retrofitting examples.

0-9% 50-59%

10-19% 60-69%

20-29% 70-79%

30-39% 80-89%

40-49% more than 90% applications

No district scale interventions were identified during the development of task 2.3 “Best practice on

public building and district retrofitting.

8.2- THE ADVANTAGES OF SYNERGIES AT DISTRICT SCALE RETROFITTING

Considering energy retrofitting on the district scale has multiple advantages, however it requires a

holistic approach in design strategies. On the district scale buildings are only one player out of many,

and the others also have great impact on the overall energy demand of a district, which is highly

dependent on the condition and functional assembly of its building stock and the related

anthrophogenic heat and energy loads. In Deliverable 2.1, the major urban characteristics that influence

the overall energy demand of districts are described, and are included in the final questionnaire. The

infrastructure network (energy supply, water, sewage and road network), the transportation and green

surface patterns in the area and besides the general climatic conditions, the urban microclimate also

influence the district’s energy demand. These key players cannot be handled separately when planning a

district scale retrofitting but should be considered in relation to each other by analyzing the synergies

between them. Integrated design strategies in urban planning help to take advantage of the synergetic

effect.

Page 123: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 122

The approach of urban metabolism as an integrated design strategy helps to optimize the urban system

by analyzing the material flows and processes in the urban area analogue to the living organisms. With

the help of urban metabolism, the better functioning and more sustainable the urban system is when

the use of resources and emission of wastes are lower.

The simulation tools, described in Chapter 4.1 can help to optimize the players of this sophisticated

system, what an urban area is, by means of modelling the traffic flows, energy patterns of buildings, and

microclimatic effects of urban design interventions.

A2PBEER tackles the energy retrofit of districts through the energy efficiency retrofit of public buildings

and the refurbishment of their energy supply network. The potential in the energy retrofit of closed or

open urban districts are described in D2.1. The public buildings in an open district can be the engines of

a larger scale energy retrofitting , or even may supply the surrounding buildings in the area with

electricity (e.g.: PVs are installed on the roof of a larger public building) or heat (e.g.: micro CHP

installed in a public building), and have multiple effect.

8.3- APPROACHES TO OPTIMIZE SYNERGIES

Theoretically and technically it is possible to reach a net zero energy building or even energy positive

level, as demonstrated by built examples. There are many possible technical combinations to utilize

synergies. However, it is difficult to choose the “optimum” combination of technologies. This

combination can be determined in line with the main objectives of the retrofit, which has been defined

for the A2PBEER project as the achievement of net zero energy level but at as low life cycle cost and

environmental impacts as possible.

It is relatively easy to plan the retrofit of one building element in the light of these objectives, but once

synergies are considered the task is getting rather complicated. For example, the investment cost of the

additional insulation of a wall structure or slab is known and the energy savings due to the investment

can be calculated. If the objective is to minimize the life cycle costs, it is possible to find the

corresponding insulation thickness. There is a point where even if we further increase the investment

costs, the life cycle costs will not decrease any more. This can be regarded as the optimum insulation

thickness of one element (Figure 31) (Medgyasszay and Szalay, 2014).

Page 124: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 123

10000

10500

11000

11500

12000

12500

13000

13500

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40

Glo

bal

co

sts

[Th

ou

san

d H

UF]

thickness of insulation [cm]

PUR mineral wool cellulose

Figure 31. Example for the optimum insulation thickness of an attic slab with different insulation

materials (Medgyasszay and Szalay, 2014)

However, the problem is that in a real building there are many building elements and technical systems

and also there are many products available on the market. If we consider the synergy effect of applying

many measures, finding of the optimum solution is not so straightforward any more. The number of

combinations is very high and it is not easy to decide which combinations are favourable. There are two

basic approaches:

- the „engineer’s approach”: to apply some kind of strategy to design the retrofit concept,

- computational optimization: to apply an optimization algorithm.

In this project, due to the absense of resources and because mathematical optimization is beyond the

scope, the engineer’s approach is selected. However, we provide a brief description on the possibilities

of mathematical optimization that may be included in the methodology at a later stage.

Page 125: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 124

8.3.1. Computational Optimization

The problem is that the number of combinations (the design space) is very large even in case of smaller

buildings. As an example, if we consider ten variables in a scenario (e.g. orientation, window ratio,

insulation level, heating fuel etc.), one state of the building is represented by ten numbers, i.e. with a

point in a 10-dimensional space. If each of these quantities can take only 20 different values (which is

quite a small number compared to practical applications), then 1020 different variations of the building

exist (Csík et al 2013). In real applications there are much larger problems to handle.

The iterative trial-and-error method performed by a human expert is unlikely to find the optimal

solution in such a large space: the energy saving achieved may be significantly less than the technically

possible limit.

Computational methods have been introduced to tackle such large dimensional problems. A

comprenhesive review by (Evins, 2013) showed a clear increase in the research on the computational

optimization of buildings over the last decade. Most of these works apply heuristic algorithms for single

or multi-objective optimization, with the key fields being envelope design, building systems, renewable

energy generation and holistic approaches covering several areas. The review gives a summary and

evaluation of 74 works.

The goal of an optimization is to find the optima of the objective functions. There may be a number of

objective functions (F), which need to be minimized. There are also a number of functional constraints

(G), which must be greater than or equal to zero. The design variables (xi) are either discrete values or

defined by boundary values. Objectives and constraints may be interchangeable, depending on the

problem formulation. The two basic types of optimization problems are:

- single-objective optimization: there is only one function to optimize;

- multi-objective optimization: there are 2 or more conflicting objectives to minimize

simultaneously. This is very common in engineering work. There are two approaches to solve

the problem. The weighted-sum approach combines the different objectives to a single

objective, which is then optimized in a normal way. In a true multi-objective optimisation

(Pareto optimisation) there is no unique solution but a range of solutions that span the trade-off

between each objective (Evins, 2013), representing the Pareto front (Figure 32). The Pareto or

trade-off front contains the solutions that are non-dominated, which means that there are no

solutions that are better in both objectives (full circles in Figure 32). The other solutions are

dominated (empty circles), which means that better solutions exist.

Page 126: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 125

Figure 32. Pareto front (full circles) of an optimization problem and the dominated solutions

(empty circles) (Csík, 2014)

8.3.1.1. Optimization algorithms

Many computational methods exist for the solution of engineering’s optimization problems. However,

most classical treatments based on operational research or combinatorial optimization are unable to

handle these problems defined in a 10+ dimensional case. Such problems can be solved by modern

optimization techniques based on heuristic approaches. A common feature of these methods is that

they are unable to determine the exact optimum. However, they can find so-called quasi-optimal

solutions approximating the global optimum. These methods have the ability to maintain a user

adjustable balance between the goodness of the solution and the CPU time available for the

optimization process (Csík, 2014). A few examples of these algorithms include:

- direct search methods compare trial solutions with the best found so far, with a strategy based

on results so far for determining the next trial (Evins, 2013). These methods are generally

efficient but can get trapped in local optima. Examples include pattern search, linear

programming and non-linear programming.

Investment costs

Life

cyc

le c

ost

s

Page 127: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 126

- Evolutionary algorithms apply the Darwinian principle of survival of the fittest in the population.

The poorest solutions are eliminated each generation. The new solutions are generated by

applying ‘operators’ such as mutation (introducing random changes) and crossover (switching

elements from different solutions). Such algorithms include Genetic Algorithms, Evolutionary

Programming, Covariance Matrix Adaptation Evolutionary Strategy, Differential Evolution, etc.

- Meta-heuristic algorithms mimicking other natural processes, like Harmony Search, Particle

Swarm Optimization, Anti Colony Optimization, Simulated Annealing, etc.

8.3.1.2. Applications

Computational building optimization has many applications. Most works are focusing on the building

envelope, but there are also examples on the technical systems and renewable energy production. The

most common objectives are energy use and costs (operation, investment or life cycle), and comfort

parameters.

Examples include the minimization of energy use by varying glazing area (Leskovar and Premrov, 2011)

and the minimization of life cycle costs with varying constructions (Tuhus-Dubrow and Krarti, 2010).

Others performed multi-objective optimization to minimize life cycle costs and life cycle environmental

impacts based on exergy, varying constructions, glazing areas, aspect ratio and orientation (Wang et al,

2003 and 2005). Diakaki et al (2008) minimized construction costs and energy consumptions varying wall

and window insulation. There are examples of the optimization of building shape and optimization of

double skin facades for daylighting, heating and cooling load. For energy systems the main objectives

are energy costs and thermal comfort.

There are only very few examples on an urban scale, e.g. the minimization of thermal load across an

urban area by varying constructions for different groups of buildings.

Most of the existing applications restrict the optimization to sub-problems, but there are also holistic

approaches that consider the synergies between different areas. For example, Peippo et al (1999) and

Evins et al (2012) optimized many variables including constructions, renewables and systems with an

objective of minimizing energy use and costs. A lot of works focus specifically on residential buildings

Optimization of building retrofit involves different aspects than those in new construction. Pernodet et

al (2009) carried out optimization of school retrofitting in France to meet the defined energy targets

from the lowest budget. Chantrelle et al (2011) optimized cost, energy use and comfort by varying

construction and control options.

The EnergOpt expert system is a relatively new initiative in the field, employing a state-of-the-art

bacterial evolutionary algorithm for single- and full Pareto multi-objective optimization of building

retrofit (Csík, 2014). The main objectives can be the energy use, the investment cost or the life cycle

Page 128: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 127

cost. In its present state, the system applies a steady-state energy calculation method, delivering

reliable results in a short time scale.

Commercial application of computational optimization is still not very common. With the expansion of

computational capacity available to companies (perhaps through clod computing), it is expected that it

will become more widespread also outside academia (Evins, 2013)..

8.3.2. The „engineer’s approach”

The usual approach to decide about retrofit concept is to evaluate a number of combinations and to

select the one with the lowest energy consumption and acceptable costs. Different strategies can be

followed.

Synergy analysis will take place once the Short-List of Possible Technologies has been defined. This is the

main input to define possible synergies. On the other hand a KPI and BAT analysis was already carried

out to define this list but this was independently carried out for each technology. A new KPI and BAT

analysis of different combinations of technologies is necessary to define the best possible synergies.

We have identified three ways to define appropriate combinations of technologies:

- “System renewal” or grouping technologies applied to same Intervention areas, e.g. renewal of

the heating system, envelope, HVAC, lighting, DHW, building management, elevators, RES, etc.

- “Deep retrofitting” could be those summing technologies that reach all different Intervention

scales including building morphology

- “Comprehensive improvement” could be the sum of technologies gathering improvements in as

many KPI areas as possible

8.3.2.1. “System renewal” or grouping technologies applied to same Intervention areas

The first combinations will be established according to the intervention area that the technologies affect

or belong to. These areas are related to the building’s systems and/or elements, therefore it is a natural

way to group intervention possibilities.

PROs:

If a particular system or element is going to be refurbished or substituted, it will be easier to implement

several technologies at the time, without incurring major disruption. This grouping strategy may come

naturally when the technologies contained in the short list are mostly related to one or a couple of

intervention areas, this may happen on previously retrofitted districts (when prior interventions covered

only certain areas) or in recently built districts (which may not have as many areas to be intervened).

Page 129: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 128

CONs:

This grouping option may not cover enough KPIs areas or interventions scales to become the most

appropriate grouping option. A secondary regrouping of different systems should be reconsidered.

8.3.2.2. “Deep retrofitting” could be those summing technologies that reach all different

Intervention scales

Complementary intervention scales should be covered in order to achieve greater energy reductions.

This is the core idea when we consider district retrofitting and this is reflected in the CONCERTO

initiatives.

Figure 33. Interdependence of different aggregation levels. Source: „CONCERTO Premium Indicator

Guide” Stengel, J.

PROs:

The complementary effect of measures at different scales is likely to achieve the highest improvements

of main KPI’s.

Page 130: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 129

This grouping strategy leads to high visible interventions becoming an awareness drive to social

recognition and appraisement of energy efficiency retrofitting.

The district scale intervention which has been identified as a priority by A2PBEER would be achieved.

CONs:

Although there are side effects to be considered too, all that glitters is not gold and a deep retrofit at

every scale of a district may cause great disturbance and requires detailed planning efforts to be

accomplished.

8.3.2.3. “Comprehensive improvement” could be the sum of technologies gathering

improvements in as many KPI areas as possible

Improving other KPI’s not only the main KPI will lead to more appraised interventions, one clear

example is the common dichotomy of energy cost vs. comfort.

PROs:

As a rule of the thumb we could establish that the higher number of KPI areas that are improved the

higher number of engaged and satisfied stakeholders will be.

CONs:

Cost-efficiency may not be its greater potential but other improvements should be remarked. Energy

efficiency is not always the primary driver but should have an integral role.

District scale may not be reached if this is the only grouping strategy to be considered.

8.4- CONCLUSIONS

The final objective should be to define a weighed balance of the synergic effect of different

technologies; previously described grouping was based on technologies characteristics. Other possible

assessments to weight and discard the preselected groups of technologies should be based on the KPI

and the intervention disturbance. We have identified the next indicators:

Positive score:

Covering different stages on the energy value chain: when possible the usage of renewable

energy sources on-site or off-site; smart grid and other smart city tools can be included, this way

the whole energy value chain could be addressed.

Admissible disruptiveness- Evaluate a schematic intervention plan including scheduling and

assessing possible disruptions. Information first is a key strategy to gain all stakeholders

Page 131: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 130

approval and collaboration. An assessment on possible disruptiveness of the different

intervention possibilities should be approved by the main stakeholders.

Social benefits of enhancing district scale interventions as “community sense”, improved

neighborhoods image and visibility of the energy retrofit; leading to a chain reaction of

improved properties’ value and the will of other districts to be renovated.

Including innovative technologies boosting confidence among all different stakeholders in the

construction value chain to promote cutting edge technologies.

Possible phasing of the intervention, for some sub-groups of technologies there will be no

possible phasing of the intervention (e.g. new boiler working at a different temperature may

have to be accomplished at the same time that the heating system is replaced). In other cases

climatic periods or using schedules will define the best possible phasing and scheduling (e.g. no

rains during roof repair or unoccupied during winter vacation). The possibility to reconcile these

factors should be considered as a positive side effect of the selected grouping. Split phasing may

be needed to adapt to financial possibilities too.

Negative score:

Cost-efficiency- Overhead costs go through the expected roof while KPI’s improvements are

minor. The collaborative effect of grouping has not been gained; this group should be discarded

or reconsidered from other points of views (e.g. reduce the number of applied technologies).

Collateral effects- Group effect has a negative impact in any KPI, though not common it is

possible to find a situation where a KPI is diminished due to the combined effect of technologies

that aimed to improve a second KPI or two other different KPI (e.g. lighting comfort may worsen

when lamps are replaced and solar control devices are applied)

Non collaborative- Main KPI improvement of a single technology is higher than the effect of the

group. Though it not usual it is a possible effect that would discard the group and reconsider an

isolated technology in some cases.

The different identified groups will obtain different scores considering the previously described effects;

these scores will determine the best possible group of technologies. In some cases, if none of these

synergies are achieved it could become necessary to bring back some technologies that were originally

dismissed on the Short-List of Possible Technologies. For a complete optimization sequence the

methodology should consider a possible loop to re-elect discarded technologies from the long list.

Page 132: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 131

Figure 34. Methodology to define and assess different groups of technologies according to

synergies.

9- Technical Intervention packages

The technologies short list and the analysis of synergies will lead to possible technical intervention

solutions. The goal of this chapter is to provide guidance on how to assemble suitable technical

intervention packages from these solutions. These packages will be further analysed with a SWOT

analysis.

The section describes the steps that would be recommendable to follow to achieve a low energy

retrofitting project.

To assist designers, recommended intervention packages are provided taking in consideration the

outdoors climate circumstances in the four climatic zones of the A2PBEER project.

Page 133: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 132

9.1- STEPS FOR LOW ENERGY RETROFITTING DESIGN

There are usually more than one technological solution combinations that are able to reach to the

targeted energy goals of the building within the project’s budget. Thus, trade-offs are absolutely

necessary to explore in consideration with the particular goals and context of the building (climate, use,

conditions…). But at the same time, it might be said, that is quite difficult to discretize for the buildings

the energy accountancy, how much energy efficiency each trade or decision is able to provide or deliver,

making it harder to decide which solutions deliver the best low energy holistic solution.

An example might be the shadings. Installing shading elements in building envelope may represent an

additional cost because of the structural reinforcement and overhang costs, but these may be offset by

reduced capital cost for window glazing and/or air conditioning system. Therefore trade-offs will be

necessary.

So long as the overall building retrofitting budget remains consistent with the decision makers project

requirements (refer to point 5 of the present deliverable), it doesn’t matter where the money was spent

if the whole building performs, but as a general rule of thumb it may be recommended to

(1) Identify which aspects of building operation offer the greatest energy-saving opportunities (i.e

space heating, cooling, lighting, water heating, equipment, lifts….)

(2) set the appropriate goal for energy usage

(3) reduce loads significantly (envelope loads, lighting loads and electric equipment and power

loads)

(4) Act on higher air-conditioning efficiency for same cost

(5) Look for sinergies

This point summarizes the steps that A2PBEER project recommends to follow in an energy retrofitting

project decision making process and guide the design team in trading off different cost effective

measures (adapted from Ashrae Green Guide, 2011):

1. Create a base-case building computer model to quantify base-case energy use and costs. The

base case contains the information of the building before intervention (shape, location,

envelope, schedules, internal gains, HVAC systems, RES…)

2. Complete a parametric analysis to determine building energy use sensitivities to specific load

components (transmission losses, ventilation losses, lighting loads, solar gains, and plug or

equipment loads).

3. Based on energy strategies, and the GAP analysis identified in preceding sub points and the

stakeholders requirements, develop preliminary design solutions. The selection of the

intervention packages will be based on climate, building use, buildings preintervention state,

level of intervention and requirements from the stakeholders.

Page 134: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 133

4. Taking the base-case computer building model developed in step 1, incorporate preliminary

retrofitting design solutions. Determine energy impact and cost effectiveness of each variant

by comparing the energy with the original base case building and with the other variants. Those

variants having the most favorable results should be incorporated into the building design.

5. Identify an HVAC system that will meet the predicted loads. The HVAC system should work with

the building envelope and exploit the specific climatic characteristics of the site for maximum

efficiency. Compare with the already building existing HVAC system.

6. Based on the buildings annual heating/DHW/ or cooling load factor, analyze the buildings

existing system, analyze any potential to connect the building to a district heating and cooling

thermal network, and the potential distribution losses throught the year from the connection

point to the building. (Ashrae 2014).

7. Consider the integration of renewable energy sources for (1) solar thermal panels, (2) solar

pothovoltaic, (3) wind turbines, (4) biomass or (5) geothermal energy source.

8. Analyze consumer interconnection costs to the district heating/cooling. Costs vary widely

depending on the type of existing system in the buildings and the type of building

interconnection, direct or indirect. When performing this analysis, consider Line heat density

(LHD) parameter (Ashrae, 2014) to quantify the load density for a heat/cool distribution system

in relation to the amount of piping that must be provided.

9. Finalize plans and specifications. Ensure that building plans are properly detailed and that

specifications are accurate. The final design simulation should incorporate all cost-effective

features.

10. Rerun simulations before design changes are made during construction. Verify that changes will

not adversely affect the building’s energy performance.

11. Commission all equipment and controls. Educate building operators. A building that is not

properly commissioned will not meet the energy-efficiency design goals. Building operators

must understand how to properly operate the building to maximize its performance

9.2- CLIMATE-RELATED TECHNICAL PACKAGES

This chapter identifies the climate-related design strategies and follows with specific recommendations

for each of the four climatic zones defined in D2.1 for A2PBEER, i.e heating only, heating dominated,

balanced heating and cooling demand and cooling dominated. The general design strategies need to be

considered at the preliminary stages of building design. Strategies address the key issues associated with

the climate, envelope, lighting, and heating, ventilating, and air conditioning (HVAC).

The climate sections address conduction, solar loads, and moisture while the envelope sections address

fenestration area, orientation, and shading. Daylighting is the focus of the lighting sections. The HVAC

sections primarily address ventilation, economizers, and humidity control. No single design strategy

Page 135: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 134

applies universally to all of the climates. Each set of climate combinations needs to be analyzed

separately.

As mentioned before, the followed approach to define the intervention packages has been to minimize

the envelope heating and cooling loads, and then to select a smaller-size HVAC system suitable for the

climate that is needed to satisfy the reduced loads.

Table 18. A2PBEER targeted climate classification (Refer to D2.1 for further details)

Climate zone HDD18ºC CDD10ºC

Heating Only

>=1000 * (>=3000 and <5000) <1000

Heating Dominated

>=2000 and <5000 (2000-3000 and 3000-5000)

>=1000 and <2000

Balanced Heating and Cooling Demand

>=1000 and <3000 >=1000 and <3000

Cooling Dominated

>=1000 and <2000 >=2000 and <3000

Figure 35. Proposed climate classification for A2PBEER

9.2.1. Cooling dominated climates (Mediterranean zone)

The primary driving forces in hot humid climates are conduction and solar loads through the

fenestration.

Page 136: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 135

Significant cooling energy associated with ventilation air, and removing indoor moisture due to people

latent loads, ventilation, infiltration, and moisture ingress arising from warm humid exterior air.

Figure 36. Barcelona’s monthly solar irradiation, temperature and relative humidity.

9.2.1.1. Envelope

In these climates solar radiation intensities are high, and because of it fenestration area, orientation,

and shading contribute significantly to energy reduction.

The goal is to reduce the heat gain through the envelope as much as possible through strategic

fenestration and shading placement. Possible measures:

Prevent transmission gains through the envelope by using insulated façades, and making use of

wall’s thermal mass to decoupled solar gains with peak air temperatures

Cool roofs, light envelope colors or ventilated walls, which reduce solar heat absorption into

the building, are also useful. To be considered a cool roof, a Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) of 78

or higher is recommended. A high reflectance keeps much of the sun’s energy from being

absorbed while a high thermal emissivity surface radiates away any solar energy that is

absorbed, allowing the roof to cool more rapidly. (Ashrae 2011)

Glazing type is usually double glazed with low solar heat gain coefficients (specially for south,

east and west façades).

0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

120000

140000

160000

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Tot Σ

mo

nth

ly W

hm

2 o

n v

erti

cal f

açad

e

Monthly evolution

I_max_S_MAvge

I_max_E_MAvge

I_max_W_MAvge

I_max_N_MAvge

Tot_S

Tot_W

Tot_N

Tot_E

Page 137: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 136

External shading elements are preferred to prevent solar gains in summer (horizontal for south

oriented, and vertical shading elements for east and west façades).

Care must be taken to reduce infiltration through the building envelope; positive building

pressure control can help reduce infiltration and the related moisture.

Night cooling strategies, i.e increased ventilation rates during nighttime with the use of indoor

thermal inertia are beneficial, specially in locations with high summer temperatures amplitude.

However, in those locations where stay warm and humid overnight, night cooling of interior

thermal mass may not be effective.

9.2.1.2. Lighting

Daylighting strategies that allow light in but without direct solar content (like north façades, or any

other orientation with shadow casted areas) are highly recommended, as these locations tend to have a

high percentage of sunny days that might be exploited.

The sizes and positions of windows should protect occupants from direct solar heat gain and glare, as

the solar radiation in these areas is quite intense due to the relatively clear skies.

External shading devices will work at the southern façade, and light shelves at the east and west can

bounce low-angle sun deep into the building. Internal or external light shelves with daylight glazing

above (high VT) and view glazing below (low VT), along with horizontal blinds on the view glazing, can

maximize daylighting potential and glare control.

9.2.1.3. HVAC

Main necessity to warranty indoor comfort is cooling loads.

And on the other hand, humidity control is absolutely essential because usually these climates

experience average daily dew point temperatures higher than 10°C throughout much of the year, and

because an indoor air at 22°C and 50% RH has a dew point of about 11ºC. A necessary strategy to

maintain humidity control is proper dehumidification of all outdoor air for ventilation.

Therefore main HVAC uses for these climates are oriented to cover these cooling loads and dehumidify

outdoors’s air.

This may be achieved with a 100% outdoor air system with energy recovery wheels and deep multirow

cooling coils. It may also be achieved by mixed air (outdoor and recirculated) delivered with minimum

flow setpoints and reheat (recovered if possible).

When it comes to cooling providing, air-source heat pump are recomended in these climates where the

length of the heating season and the range of outdoor temperatures in winter make it possible to meet

heating requirements with little or no electric resistance back-up, avoiding thus the use of electric

resistance heating , the primary basis for energy savings.

Page 138: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 137

Radiant cooling systems (ceilings or chilled beams) are possible in a tightly sealed envelope with

excellent humidity control at the dedicated outdoor air system, otherwise internal condensations are

formed. Because of the relatively high infiltration rates of the buildings in these zones, this strategy is

not recommended.

Consider using demand-control ventilation for high-occupancy spaces.

Consider using heat recovery for spaces served by air-handling units (AHUs). Trade off between the

energy use reduction in cooling loads and the increase of the energy consumption for increased

ventilation should be done.

Air-side and water-side economizers may have seasonal efficacy during times of lower dry-bulb and wet-

bulb temperatures.

9.2.2. Balanced climates

Balanced climate is characterized by having balanced heating demand and cooling demand, being either

humid or dry, it could be called warm as well, and can be characteristic of the Mediterranean areas.

The primary driving forces for heating and cooling demands in balanced climates are conduction, solar

loads through the fenestration, and significant cooling energy associated with removing solar gains. And

in maritime zones, besides the aforementioned ones, the indoor moisture due to ventilation, infiltration,

and moisture ingress arising from summertime should be considered.

9.2.2.1. Envelope

In these climates the goal is to reduce the heat gain and heat loss through the envelope’s glazing as

much as possible through strategic fenestration placement and sizing.

Glazing type is usually double glazed in order to protect the low-e coating in the cavity and to decouple

the inner and outer faces of glass to reduce the risk of condensation on either side. When choosing a

double coat glazing unit, SHGCs that are intentionally low are recommended in the second surface if

coupled with a low-e coating in the third surface that improves U-factor during the winter season.

Care must be taken with regards to minimizing infiltration and moisture ingress being driven through

the building envelope.

Cool roofs can be considered, but their usefulness will depend heavily on the sunniness of the local

geography.

Page 139: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 138

9.2.2.2. Lighting

Daylighting strategies that allow light in (particularly north light) without solar content are highly

recommended, as these locations tend to have a high percentage of sunny days that might be exploited.

The sizes and positions of windows should protect occupants from direct solar heat gain and glare, as

the solar radiation in these areas is quite intense due to the relatively clear skies.

External shading devices will work at the southern façade, and light shelves at the east and west can

bounce low-angle sun deep into the building. Internal or external light shelves with daylight glazing

above (high VT) and view glazing below (low VT), along with horizontal blinds, can maximize daylighting

potential and glare control. In the southern climates, care must be taken even with north-facing glass, as

the sun comes north of the east-west line in early morning and late afternoon during the summer

months; perpendicular fins may be necessary to reduce solar heat and glare even on northern façades.

9.2.2.3. HVAC

Because building demands cooling and heating, systems must be optimized to function efficiently in all

seasons with sufficient responsiveness to ensure comfort during summer and winter time.

These climates require dehumidification in the summer. Systems with energy recovery ventilation can

precondition ventilation airflow and partially recover dehumidification or humidification energy that

was used to condition the space.

Most HVAC systems identified for cooling dominated and heatined dominated climates work well in

these climates as long as the building envelope and ventilation systems are designed to control

moisture.

9.2.3. Heating dominated

The primary driving forces in cold climates are heat loss through the building envelope, heat loss due to

infiltration, and to heating and cooling loads associated with ventilation air. Because of the cold, these

loads tend to dwarf all other energy-use influences, especially during the winter months.

Page 140: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 139

Figure 37. Ankara’s monthly solar irradiation, temperature and relative humidity variation.

9.2.3.1. Envelope

In cold climates, in order to reduce transmission losses, thermal transmittance or U-factor of building

envelopes’ (opaque and transparent) are low to reduce conduction losses.

It is also extremely important to reduce infiltration loads, uncontrolled cold air intake may severely

affect heating demand and the risk of humidity condensation in these points.

Infiltration can be reduced by specifying and installing a high-quality continuous air barrier.

Insulation that expands into the wall cavity to provide the appropriate U-factor may also reduce

infiltration and should be considered. In addition, envelope commissioning of the air barrier in cold

climates may also be warranted.

When considering the reduction of cooling loads, it might be pointed out that these climates are often

characterized by a large diurnal temperature swing, and therefore the use of free nighttime cooling

should be explored in order to precool the interior surfaces or to do nighttime cooling for thermal

energy storage solutions (depending on the local demand charges).

Page 141: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 140

9.2.3.2. Lighting

Daylighting is welcomed in these climates. Usually there is a significant amount of exposure to clear

skies during the longer summer days, and any outdoor light is welcomed in winter.

Larger expanses of glass are possible if they are double pane for heating control; however, special

measures must be taken to reduce downdrafts and cold radiant surfaces at the windows.

Internal or external light shelves with daylight glazing above (high VT) and view glazing below (low VT),

along with horizontal blinds on the view glazing, can maximize daylighting potential and glare control.

9.2.3.3. HVAC

These climates are heating dominated during the winter, therefore heating elements in any perimeter

zone, freeze protection at all first-pass coils in ventilation air handlers, and humidification (with

consideration of possible condensation on windows) are needed.

Building entries should incorporate heated, pressurized vestibules to prevent local infiltration of cold

outdoor air.

Ventilation loads can be significantly reduced by using a total energy recovery system. In cold climates,

design teams must pay particular attention to the winter heat recovery attributes. Latent energy

recovery can mitigate extremely dry occupant spaces. High-efficiency energy recovery devices should

be considered—especially in the most extreme climates.

To reduce heating equipment plant size yet maintain redundancy, select multiple smaller boilers to sum

to the heating load, taking the energy recovery ventilator contributions into account.

To ensure full energy recovery capacity at times with very cold temperatures, preheat the air entering

the wheel on either the intake or the exhaust side. In addition, appropriately reducing ventilation to

only that required to indoor air quality requirements can be performed using demand-controlled

ventilation (DCV) and ventilation reset at the central air handler or outdoor air system.

9.2.4. Heating Only

The primary driving forces in cold climates are transmission heat losses through the building envelope

and heat losses due to infiltration.

Page 142: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 141

Figure 38. Malmö’s monthly solar irradiation, temperature and relative humidity.

9.2.4.1. Envelope

Building envelope U-factors in cold climates are low to reduce conduction loads.

Because of the low external temperatures, selection of insulation and its position it is important in order

to preserve façade’s integrity. Insulation that expands into the wall cavity to provide the appropriate U-

factor may also reduce infiltration and should be considered.

Because in winter indoor air has a higher vapor pressure than outdoors, vapor retarders should place

indoors to constraint water vapor diffusion through building assembly and its condensation when it

cools down.

Double window or triple pane with far infrared low-e for heating control are desired; as happens in

heating dominated climates, special measures must be taken to reduce downdraft, well cold radiant

surfaces at the windows and condensation in window’s internal panes.

It is also extremely important to reduce infiltration loads. Infiltration can be reduced by specifying and

installing a high-quality continuous air barrier.

In addition, envelope commissioning of the air barrier in cold climates may also be warranted.

Page 143: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 142

9.2.4.2. Lighting

Daylighting is welcomed in these climates. Usually there is a significant amount of exposure to clear

skies during the longer summer days, and any outdoor light is welcomed in the winter.

Larger expanses of glass are possible if they are double window or triple pane for heating control.

Internal or external light shelves with daylight glazing above (high VT) and view glazing below (low VT),

along with horizontal blinds on the view glazing, can maximize daylighting potential and glare control.

Flat skylights are not recommended, as snow may build up in tall drifts.

9.2.4.3. HVAC

These climates are heating dominated during the winter and thus require heating elements in any zone.

Freeze protection at all first-pass coils in ventilation air handlers, and humidification (with consideration

of possible condensation on windows) are needed.

Building entries should incorporate heated, pressurized vestibules to prevent local infiltration of cold

outdoor air.

Ventilation loads can be significantly reduced by using a total energy recovery system. In cold climates,

design teams must pay particular attention to the winter heat recovery attributes.

Consider the incorporation of humidifiers to mitigate extremely dry occupant spaces and ensure indoor

air RH at comfort levels (30-70% according to ISO 7730).

High-efficiency energy recovery devices, with latent energy recovery should be considered—especially

in the most extreme climates.

To reduce heating equipment plant size yet maintain redundancy, select one higher capacity boiler and

several smaller ones to sum to the heating load, taking the energy recovery ventilator contributions into

account.

To ensure full energy recovery capacity at times with very cold temperatures, preheat the air entering

the wheel on either the intake or the exhaust side.

Reducing ventilation rates to only that required to satisfy indoor air quality (ISO 7730). This can be done

by using demand-controlled ventilation (DCV) and ventilation reset at the central air handler or

outdoors air system.

Page 144: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 143

9.2.5. Intervention packages

Having identified the general energy strategies and the ones that should be considered in each of the A2PBEER project selected climates, the

following tables identify the suitability of the potential solutions to (1) reduce heating and cooling loads acting on envelope elements, (2) reduce the

lighting needs, (3) reduce the fuel consumption to satisfy heating cooling and ventilation needs and (4) renewables generation potential for each of

the climates considered in the A2PBEER project.

The suitability has been defined qualitatively in a High (H), medium (M) and low (L) scale depending of the suitability of the technology to reduce the

aforementioned needs in each of the climates. The table also includes some technological, financial and legal barriers related with the possible

technologies/solutions that should need to be considered since the early decision making processes.

Table 19. Potential solutions to reduce heating and cooling loads.

Strategies to reduce heating/cooling loads Possible solutions/technologies Barriers Cool. dom

Balan

Heat. dom

Heat. only

Increase/control the use of solar energy

Increased southern oriented glazed area Deep retrofitting intrusive L M H H

Strategic use of appropriately sized glazing Deep retrofitting intrusive H H H H

Optimize solar gains through window panes High SHGC windows (g>50%) Possible summer overheating

L M H H

Solar control windows (g<50%) specially south, east and west faç

Increased heating loads H M L L

Protect solar gains Sunscreens on the windows that face south and west. These can be fixed or operable; external, internal or instersticial

Fixed devices are designed to perform best at peak hours but work significantly less effectively outside the optimized time range. Operable external elements

H H M M

Page 145: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 144

Strategies to reduce heating/cooling loads Possible solutions/technologies Barriers Cool. dom

Balan

Heat. dom

Heat. only

are sensitive to wind and exterior harsh conditions.

High reflective surface or albedos High reflective cool roofs and walls Usually white or light colored with smooth finishes. Building aesthetics is changed. Properties decay within 5 years.

H M L L

Storing solar energy in building thermal mass Effective thermal inertia: Massive constructions or slabs.

Check building using schedules with solar sun availability and building solar gains. Check building effective massive construction availability

H (with night Cool)

M M L

Materials selection like PCM High first cost; unproven long-term performance; new technology

M M M M-L

Making use of the internal gains (Qi) NA: conditioned by building use L M H H

Reduce transmission energy fluxes (QT)

Increase the compactness or buildings: deep retrofitting Intrusive H H H H

Reduce north oriented glazed area deep retrofitting Intrusive Check stake holder priorities lighting/heating

L M H H

Page 146: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 145

Strategies to reduce heating/cooling loads Possible solutions/technologies Barriers Cool. dom

Balan

Heat. dom

Heat. only

Increase the thermal resistance of the opaque envelope

External insulation that prevent façade from suffering below zero temperature or avoids the entrance of solar irradiation absorbed in façade

External aesthetics possible changed. Only possible when whole building is retrofitted. Urban space occupancy. Buildings façade alignment changed Roof eaves may need to be enlarged Scaffolding are needed- public space occupancy-

H H H H

Internal insulation: check external cladding’s resistance to thawing/freezing cycles, avoid external façade dampening. Requires water vapour retarders in heating dominated climates

Intrusive Potential external cladding damage due below zero temperatures. Indoor space reduced. Thermal bridges should be studied in detail

H M M-L M-L

Increase the thermal resistance of the window

Low U window with low-E layers. Double window or triple pane windows.

Ensure insulation continuity with the opaque façade. May require skilled professionals.

L M-L H H

Low U double window with low-E layers

Ensure insulation continuity with the opaque façade. May require skilled professionals.

H H M L

Page 147: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 146

Strategies to reduce heating/cooling loads Possible solutions/technologies Barriers Cool. dom

Balan

Heat. dom

Heat. only

Keep thermal bridges to minimum External insulation: that ensures thermal insulation continuity

External envelope retrofitting, no major problem.

H H H H

Special treatment of the slab/pillar of skeleton structure buildings when internal insulation is used.

Intrusive when ceiling and floors needs additional insulation.

M-L H H H

Special treatment and balconies &terraces thermal bridges

Intrusive if the balcony needs to be demolished Intrusive if the floor of the terrace and balcony needs to be insulated (potential door opening problems)

M-L H H H

Reduce the ventilation losses (QV)

Increase the envelope airtightness (included in QV)

Membranes in façade Lack of understanding of airtightness behaviour. Skilled professionals.

H H H H

Windows and openings with low permeance

Enhanced works control quality and skilled professionals

H H H H

Warranty construction quality Enhanced works control quality and skilled professionals

H H H H

Increase the heat recovery rates of the exhausted air or ventilated air (QVR), including the latent heat

Systems related.

Intrusive when buildings didn’t have mechanical ventilation system

H H H H

Pre-tempering fresh air intake Trombe walls, solar walls, passive on south façade.

High opaque areas needed available in south façade.

L H M L Low IR

Page 148: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 147

Strategies to reduce heating/cooling loads Possible solutions/technologies Barriers Cool. dom

Balan

Heat. dom

Heat. only

Preexisting walls needs to be massive or low insulated walls. Better performance when connected to mechanical ventilation systems.

available

Night cooling Increased night ventilation rates in summer

Where intraday temperature swings allow it. In northern climates indoor Tª can go down to much.

H H H M

Table 20. Potential solutions to reduce the lighting needs.

Strategies to reduce lighting loads Possible solutions/technologies Barriers Cool. dom

Balan

Heat. dom

Heat. only

Capturing daylighting

High visible transmittance glass panes High-VT glazing types (0.60 to 0.70) should be used in all occupied spaces, and specially in predominantely overcast climates. Operable blinds should be used to handle intermittent glare conditions associated with using high VT values in climates with low sun angles or light-colored ground cover (such as snow or sand).

The higher VT the higher solar gains. On east and west façades high VT values may produce glare. In low sun angles or light-colored ground cover (such as snow or sand) high VT may contribute to intermittent glare.

M-L H H M

Skylights Flat or tubular skylights High solar heat gain, direct L H H M

Page 149: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 148

Strategies to reduce lighting loads Possible solutions/technologies Barriers Cool. dom

Balan

Heat. dom

Heat. only

beam radiation, and glare control may represent a problem in high lighting quality demanding environments. Flat skylights may represent a problem as snow may build upon tall drifts.

Transmitting daylight in the interior of the building

Shading elements that avoid direct beam radiation or glare in workplaces

Exterior, Interior or Interstitial operable or fixed shading elements like overhangs, blinds…..

Fixed devices are designed to perform best at peak hours but work significantly less effectively outside the optimized time range. Fixed devices may need stronger structures Exterior elements may have accessibility issues for maintaining and cleaning the façade Operable external elements are sensitive to wind and exterior harsh conditions.

H H H H

Distributing

Reflective Interior Finishes for Daylighting Use light-colored matte finishes for H H H H

Page 150: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 149

Strategies to reduce lighting loads Possible solutions/technologies Barriers Cool. dom

Balan

Heat. dom

Heat. only

interior walls and ceilings to promote interreflections

High efficiency low energy use lamps.

Low consuming lamps LED technologies H H H H

High performance fluorescent lamps (T8, T5 and compact fluorescents)

H H H H

Electronic ballast H H H H

Lighting control Occupancy sensors for lighting control

Payback uncertainty, commissioning challenges and false triggering

H H H H

Photosensor based lighting controls High cost, complex installation, commissioning , new technology

H H H H

Table 21. Potential solutions to reduce fuel consumption in HVAC systems to satisfy heating cooling

Efficient HVAC systems Possible solutions/technologies Barr Cool. dom

Balan

Heat. dom

Heat. only

Use natural means

Enhance heat transfer and ventilation through natural means Air- and water-side free cooling via economizers

Each cooling system that has a fan shall include either an air or water economizer to make use of outdoor air to cool interior spaces

H H H H

Page 151: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 150

Efficient HVAC systems Possible solutions/technologies Barr Cool. dom

Balan

Heat. dom

Heat. only

HVAC systems

Single-zone, packaged air-source heat pump (air/air, air/water) systems with electric resistance supplemental heat and dedicated outdoor air systems (DOASs) that condition the outdoor make-up air separately from the return air

Higher first cost versus electric resistance heating. Performance can be severely decreased when outdoor air temperature drops bellow 10-7ºC at which the unit can have problems to provide the required heating capacity to meet the building heating load

H M L L

Single-zone, high-efficiency water source heat pumps or also known as ground-source heat pumps (GSHPs) that takes advantage of the thermal capacitance of the earth to store heat into the ground as a resource for winter heating , with a dedicated outdoor air system DOASs.

A different WSHP is used for each thermal zone. Typically mounted in the ceiling plenum over the Balance of winter heating loads with summer cooling loads. Balance of winter heating loads with summer cooling loads.next to the occupied space. Balance of winter heating loads with summer cooling loads. Outdoor air needs to be

H H H H

Page 152: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 151

Efficient HVAC systems Possible solutions/technologies Barr Cool. dom

Balan

Heat. dom

Heat. only

conditioned and delivered by a separate dedicated ventilation system.

Multiple-zone, variable-air-volume (VAV) packaged direct-expansion rooftop units with either a hydronic heating system, including boiler, ; an indirect gas furnace; or an electric resistance internal heating source (

Electric resistances may have a higher energy consumption than pumping hot water to the boxes. Therefore, it is preferred to use hot water rather than electric resistances or indirect gas furnaces.

H H H H

Multiple-zone, VAV air-handling units with packaged air-cooled chiller and gas-fired boilers.

Mid-long term Longer

simple pay-back periods (e.g., >10years)

H H H H

Fan-coils connected to a common water distribution system, in which Cooling is provided by a centralized water chiller. Heating is provided by either a centralized boiler or by electric resistance heat located inside each fan-coil. Ventilation air is provided by a DOAS.

OA is conditioned and delivered by an independent DOAS that may involve ducting the OA directly to each fan-coil or ducting it directly to the occupied spaces.

H H H H

Radiant systems with DOASs. Chilled water is provided by an air-cooled chiller and hot water is provided by a condensing boiler. Ventilation air is provided by a DOAS

Perception of higher first cost; unfamiliar with technology; requires upfront coordination; potential condensation

H H H H

Page 153: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 152

Efficient HVAC systems Possible solutions/technologies Barr Cool. dom

Balan

Heat. dom

Heat. only

problems – a DOAS is needed to provide fresh air.

Good practices

Minimize water/air flow Use constant temperature variable air volumen systems (VAV) Use constant temperature, variable water flow rates systems Use dedicated outdoor air systems (DOAS) that condition the outdoor make-up air separately from the return air

higher first cost, longer simple pay-back periods.

H H H H

Exhaust air energy recovery: Uses the exhaust air flow heat/cool to provide conditioning of the outdoor air: during cooling season the cooler indoor air pre-cools the incoming air; during the heating season the warmer indoor air pre-heats the incoming outdoor air.

Cost may be high if there was no any mechanical ventilation system before. Ventilation costs are usually increased.

H H H H

Duct insulation: All supply and return air/water duct should be thermally insulated by mold resistant insulations

H H H H

Controlling

Use CO2 sensors, Occupancy sensors Or RH sensors that act on the HVAC system outdoor air intake rat zone controls with a dedicated ventilation control unit that regulates the outdoor air volume intake depdending on the instant needs

CO2 sensors have to be quite sensitive. Number and location of CO2 sensors for DCV can affect the ability of the system to accurately determine the building or zone occupancy

H H H H

Page 154: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 153

Table 22. Potential solutions to integrate renewables generation.

Renewables Possible solutions/technologies Barriers Cool. dom

Balan

Heat. dom

Heat. only

Solar thermal water heating Solar thermal panels or vacumm tubes

In areas with low fossil fuel costs, or where service water or pool heating are not required these technologies have no attractive savings to investment ratios. Depends on building service water needs

H H M M

Geothermal heat pumps Ground coupled heat pumps High first cost, some ground conditions are unsuitable in urban areas may be difficult to lay the infraestructure

L M H H

Biomass Biomass boilers Mature technology but may emit PM10 and VOC. Check urban air quality standards, LHV fuel. Cost effective when biomass is available in a nearby area.

H H H H

Solar photovoltaic Mono-crystalline Poly-crystalline Thin film

First cost is still high Efficiencies are <17%, specially in over casted climates Check national laws concerning the possibility of selling the exceeding electricity to the grid

H M M-L L

Wind turbines Microwind turbines Relatively new technology, not fully penetrated Can be noisy in urban areas Wind dependant

M M M M

Page 155: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 154

10- SWOT analysis

An integrated design process enables to achieve high performance retrofitting projects of existing

buildings that consume fewer resources and achieve better comfort. But there are more than one

possible solution combinations to achieve this high performance retrofitting project with the same

budget.

A SWOT analysis is a structured planning method to evaluate a project from different aspects. The

analysis includes:

- Strengths: the main advantages of the technical package over the others

- Weaknesses: the main disadvantages of the technical package over the others

- Opportunities: the possibilities that the project could exploit to its advantage

- Threats: issues that may cause problems for the project.

A SWOT analysis for a retrofit project should take into account many aspects, such as technical, financial

and legal considerations.

This chapter provides an example for a SWOT analysis.

Technical solutions may fall within the category of envelope, lighting, HVAC systems, renewable or

Building Energy Management solutions. This point analyses the Strengths, Opportunities and Weakness

and Threatens of these solutions regarding technological, financial and legal issues.

There are several technology combinations potentials for retrofitting under low energy criteria taking in

consideration each building circumstances (climate, building use, cost, technological performance…) as

it has been presented in Chapter 8 Synergies of Applicable technologies. But it is also necessary to keep

present main stakeholders requisites since the early stages of projects design decision making process.

The analysis of public building’s energy retrofitting main stakeholders and their major concerns has been

addressed in detail in chapter 5 of this deliverable.

According to this analysis, the major concerns of the Key Players are related with (1) technological

feasibility (performance, well sound technologies/market penetration…), (2) the cost analysis (first

cost/life cycle cost depending of the time period of their expected profits short term/longterm ), and (3)

operational and legal requirements (need to keep the interior activities whilst works are carried out –

nuisance-, need to preserve the aesthetics of building envelope…..).

When selecting the most suitable technologies and the intervention package, all these criteria should be

considered for each technology identified in the long list of A and B technologies defined in point 7.3.

Page 156: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 155

But in order not to extent this analysis in this point, a Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats

analysis should be carried out at technology groups level or intervention areas level i.e (1) to reduce

heat and cooling loads acting on envelope elements, (2) Technologies to reduce lighting related energy

use, (3) to reduce the HVAC system energy consumption, (4) Technologies to on site renewable

generation and finally the (5) building energy management systems technologies and (6) district scale

heating and cooling systems.

The result of this preliminary analysis is summarized in the following tables

Page 157: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 156

Table 23. Envelope solutions that reduce heating and cooling loads

Envelope solutions that

reduce heating and

cooling loads/

Strengths/ Opportunities Weaknesses/ Threats

Technical aspects In general, a combination of well known and mature with brand new technologies coexist. Depending on the buildings pre-intervention state, they provide high improvement potential at low costs. There is not one unique solution for one climate or type of buildings. For the specific building use, heating and cooling trade offs have to made in order to decide which is the most suitable technology.

Some of the new technologies (e.g. smart vapour retarder membranes), may require skilled professional to warranty their correct installation. Real energy use may be higher than estimated because of real “user behavior” can be very different to the expected one. Indoor air problems, façade damaging problems or other problems may appear when only energy performance aspects are considered when selecting the solution Interior refurbishment may represent nuisance to building occupants

Financial aspects There are either low first cost measures, or measures with higher first cost but with low pay-back periods.

Some of the new technologies have not reached to market volumes (e.g VIPs,) and their prices are not competitive with existing solutions that compete in price but not in performance

Legal aspects New directives and regulations are introducing new mandatory energy requirements for existing buildings. The 2010/31/EU EPBD recast tightened requirements for the energy use of the buildings The entry into force of the Directive 2012/27/EU states that public sector needs to renovate annually 3% of buildings owned and occupied by the central governments, and this may boost the penetration of the new technologies.

The need to preserve the façade aesthetics or not to project the envelope increase to the public space may hamper the exterior solutions.

Page 158: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 157

Table 24. Reduce lighting needs

Reduce lighting needs, Strengths/ Opportunities Weaknesses/ Threats

Technical aspects Solutions will depend basically on the building use requirements, external light levels and quality. Usually quite easy to install measures. New developments in high efficient lighting lamp systems that reduce by 80% the energy use and that last approximately 10 times longer than incandescents conventional lamps are market available in the last years.

The light colors or temperature ranges needs to be further improved in order to meet all light qualities.

Financial aspects Technological solutions like photo sensors based lighting controls still have a high first cost. complex installation, commissioning , lack of evidence that technology works and reduces energy use and there are limited retrofit opportunities

Legal aspects The ban to produce and commercialize incandescent light bulbs is triggering the market penetration of these new lighting systems.

Table 25. Reduce fuel consumption in HVAC,

Reduce fuel consumption in HVAC,

Strengths/ Opportunities Weaknesses/ Threats

Technical aspects Several systems efficiency improvements have been carried out in past years.

HVAC systems design is a complex field that is usually left for as a second stage, once the building envelope and layout are designed. Perception of increased system complexity

Page 159: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 158

Some technologies may required specialized building system managers. Perception of increased maintenance needs.

Financial aspects May represent cost efficient measures in the medium-long term

Usually first cost is very high compared to other measures. When there is no preexisting ventilation installation, installing all the piping on the building may represent a high investment and the need to reallocate building user in another place.

Legal aspects

Table 26. Increased renewable use

Increased renewable use Strengths/ Opportunities. Weaknesses/ Threats

Technical aspects Usually mature technologies.

In solar and wind technologies, the generation depends on local weather conditions and is not predictable. There is no warranty to have the energy production Solar thermal and solar panels efficiency needs to be further improved. When rooftop or façade panels are used an additional overload is applied to the building structure. When over production is not possible to be sold to the grid, additional storage tanks or batteries are needed. The performance may decay with the time.

Financial aspects Energy bill is no so dependent on volatile energy prices. Solar thermal technologies payback periods are short

Usually first cots is high, and subsidies for solar electricity production have been declined Make sure of the local conditions/ availability of sources (i.e

Page 160: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 159

solar radiation on building, biomass when considering these type of technologies. Increased maintenance needs.

Legal aspects In some countries there is no possibility to sell the excedent to the grid

Table 27. ICT and Building Energy Management System

TICs Strengths/ Opportunities Weaknesses/ Threats

Technical aspects Buildings active façade elements, HVAC systems and lighting are operated according to warranty indoor comfort, whilst minimizing building energy use

There are multiple variables that affect occupants comfort perception that is difficult to consider all of them in an control algorithm, therefore building occupants may offset their efficiencies by acting on thee building. Active elements and engines to act over these are needed.

Financial aspects Buildings energy bill can be considerably reduced. Quick response sensors and actuators may be expemsive

Legal aspects

Table 28. District heating and cooling.

District heating and cooling

Strengths/ Opportunities Weaknesses/ Threats

Technical aspects Generating heat in a central plant is normally more efficient than using in-building equipment and has lower environmental impacts per unit of energy output. May also implement technologies such as thermal storage more readily than individual building heating systems.

Page 161: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 160

With good control of emissions, may use fuels that would not be viable to use on an individual building scale (municipal wastes or biomass) Geothermal resources, normally uneconomical to develop on an individual building scale, can sometimes be more effectively applied as a source for district system. There are no plumes from boiler stacks

Financial aspects Operating personnel for the HVAC systems in buildings can be reduced or eliminated Both property and liability insurance costs may be significantly reduced with the elimination of boilers from within the building and fuel storage from the site since risks of fire, accident, and fuel spill/release are reduced or eliminated. Usable space in the building increases when a boiler and related equipment are no longer necessary. Reduced equipment maintenance, resulting in less expense and a reduced maintenance staff Partial-load performance of central plants may be more efficient than isolated small systems.

Initial capital investment is very high and a thorough analysis of the payback for implementation has to be carried out. Overestimation of loads and sources of load is expensive Customer project and permit related connection delays are expensive. The interconnection of the buildings with the distribution system will be a major cost For buildings that were steam heated, retrofit with a high temperature hot water district can be costly but is possible.

Legal aspects Permits to bury connection pipelines in public space/land may be challenging to obtain.

Page 162: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 161

11- CONCLUSIONS AND OUTLOOK

This deliverable developed a systemic energy efficient retrofitting methodology for public buildings and

districts mainly for owners and designers. The methodology consists of the following steps:

1. Analyse the current state of the building/ district (see Chapter 4)

a. Determine the condition of the building/ district by means of questionnaires and

diagnostics tools

b. Determine the current energy use and costs with the help of building and district

simulation tools

c. Determine the Key Performance Indicator values

2. Analyse the stakeholder and legal requirements and define the main objective of the retrofit

(see Chapter 5)

a. Identify legal requirements

b. Analyse stakeholders needs

c. Establish main objectives in order to guide the team involved in the retrofitting

project and provide a benchmark during the decision making process

3. Determine the relevant technical retrofitting gaps by comparing the current state of the

building/ district with objectives and benchmarks through Key Performance Indicators (see

Chapter 6)

4. Select possible intervention technologies based on climate, building use, buildings

preintervention state, level of intervention and requirements from the stakeholders (see

Chapter 7)

a. Determine energy strategies and possible solutions/technologies

b. Analyse possible Best Available Technologies

c. Define a long list of possible technologies

d. Take into account constraints and create a short list of possible technologies

5. Look for synergies where the combination of solutions leads to more favourable results (Chapter

8).

6. Select suitable technical packages that lead to a high energy reduction in a cost efficient way

(Chapter 9).

7. Carry out a SWOT analysis to analyse the technical, legal and financial strengths, weaknesses,

opportunities and threats of the technical packages and select the most promising package

(Chapter 10).

Page 163: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 162

8. Finalize plans and specifications. Ensure that building plans are properly detailed and that

specifications are accurate.

9. Commission all equipment and controls. Educate building operators. A building that is not

properly commissioned will not meet the energy-efficiency design goals. Building operators

must understand how to properly operate the building to maximize its performance

The main findings of this deliverable are summarised in the following points.

Building and district analysis

A list of Key Performance Indiators has been assembled on three levels to provide quantified measures

of the current condition of:

- elements: building structures and technical systems

- buildings

- districts

The KPI values determined by diagnostic methods and calculation/simulation provide input to the Gap

analysis.

Requirements and needs

Requirements are determined by legislation and the stakeholders’ needs. Hence, relevant energy

efficiency requirements and standards have been described on an EU, national, regional, city and

building level with a special focus on the pilot project locations.

Stakeholders can be defined as “the individuals or groups that have a stake, or an interest, in a particular

issue and can be at any level in the society from global, national and regional down to household level”

(André et al, 2012). In the A2PBEER project, we define stakeholders as any actor that has an impact on

energy use in a public building or a public district before, during or after a retrofitting project.

Stakeholders can be individuals, organizations and unorganized groups. The two basic types of

stakeholders are those who are responsible for the implementation of a project and those who are

affected by it. After identifying and mapping the relevant stakeholders, their needs, requirements and

preferences are determined and evaluated. The stakeholder analysis will assess the influence and

interest of the stakeholders, and will identify the main purposes, priorities and constraints of the

retrofit.

A general methodology has been developed for stakeholder analysis in retrofitting projects with the

main target to identify key stakeholders with a great influence on energy demand and to analyse their

interest. The proposed stakeholder analysis includes four steps:

Page 164: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 163

1) Identification of relevant stakeholders with an impact on energy demand and energy use

2) Stakeholders’ needs and requirements

3) Assessing and analyzing stakeholders power/interest

4) Further investigation of the stakeholders requirements through questionnaires

Based on the analysis, stakeholders are grouped into four groups based on their level of power and level

of interest in energy efficiency:

- Key players: High power (level of power: >3-5 and high interest (level of interest: >3-5) - Meet their needs: High power (level of power: >3-5) but low interest (level of interest: 1-3) - Show consideration: Low power (level of power: 1-3) but high interest (level of interest: >3-5) - Least important: Low power (level of power: 1-3) and low interest (level of interest: 1-3)

The developed methodology is implemented in an Excel-tool that can assist the stakeholder analysis of

any retrofitting project. Two questionnaires have also been developed to investigate the needs and

requirements of the most relevant key players (owners and users). These questionnaires complement

the questionnaires developed in Task 2.1 that gather information on the current state of the building,

before the retrofitting project starts. An example of stakeholder analysis is also described and the

results are presented. The developed stakeholder analysis methodology can be applied both on a

building and a district scale.

Main objectives

The main objective to be achieved in the A2PBEER project is to minimize the economic resources and

impacts on the environment over the life cycle of the project, while achieving the net zero energy level

on a building or district scale. This objective is supplemented by other aspects based on the results of

the stakeholder analysis and the legal requirements.

Gap analysis

The gap analysis will compare the actual state of the building/district with targetted benchmark values

to highlight those areas where intervention is necessary based on the evaluation of the Key

Performance Indicators. The actual state of is evaluated by means of survey, laboratory tests,

monitoring or calculations as described in Chapter 4. The benchmark values depend on the climatic

zone, the building use and the targetted energy standard of the retrofit. The gap analysis will classify KPI

results into three categories:

- KPI is favourable: the performance satisfies the benchmark value, therefore no intervention is

necessary.

- KPI is acceptable: the performance does not comply with the benchmark, but it approaches the

benchmark value. An intervention could be necessary, but first inadequate KPIs should be

considered.

Page 165: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 164

- KPI is inadequate: the performance is not acceptable, and an intervention is necessary.

Technical intervention possibilities

In the next phase, based on the results of the gap analysis a preliminary list of possible technical

interventions is created in several steps:

- Gap analysis: inadequate KPIs determine the intervention areas,

- Energy strategy: defines the possible solutions/ technologies,

- BAT analysis: compares the existing technologies in the building/district with the Best Available

Technologies and defines the potential upgrading technologies,

- Definition of long-list of technologies: technology lists for the inadequate and for acceptable

KPIs,

- Constraint analysis: technical and legal constraints will eliminate some technologies (e.g.

monument protection rules, climate considerations). The analysis will result in three categories:

o acceptable technology: it is possible to implement the technology

o partially acceptable technology: the technology can be implemented under certain

conditions

o not acceptable technology: technology cannot be implemented

- Preliminary short list of possible technologies: this is further analysed in the Synergy Analysis.

Synergies

Applying technical measures in combinations will lead to synergetic effects where the retrofit results will

be more favourable than the sum of individual actions. The analysis of the best practice examples

compiled in Task 2.3. concluded that passive measures are usually applied in combination (e.g.

insulation and window replacement). Upgrading of HVAC system is the second most frequently occuring

option. In a retrofit design, however, it is difficult to select the “optimum” combination of technologies

that lead to the highest synergetic effect. Two basic approaches exist:

- computational optimization: to apply an optimization algorithm,

- “engineer’s approach”: to follow some kind of strategy to prioritize the technologies.

This deliverable includes a brief summary of computational methods, but these are beyond the

scope of this project at this stage. Instead, we suggest using a strategy for designing the retrofit

strategy:

Page 166: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 165

- system renewal: applying measures in the same intervention area, e.g. renewal of the heating

system,

- deep retrofitting:

- comprehensive improvement: interventions to improve as many KPI areas as possible

Intervention packages

Steps are defined how to combine and analyse technical intervention possibilities with the help of a

computer simuation. Technical packages for the reduction of heating, cooling and lighting energy are

recommended for the four climatic zones defined in the A2PBEER project. These packages include

solutions for reducing the loads, applying efficient HVAC systems and installing renewable systems or

connection to district heating/ cooling.

SWOT analysis

The SWOT analysis will assist decision makers to reach a final decision which technical package to

choose. Technical, legal and financial aspects are taken into account. As an example, the deliverable

includes the SWOT analysis of technical solutions such as reducing the loads, HVAC systems, renewable

systems, district heating/cooling and BEMS.

The developed methodology will serve as an input to D2.6, Guide for Public Building and District

Retrofitting. This is a tool that will assist designers and owners to find the most suitable retrofit strategy

for the specific building.

12- BIBLIOGRAPHY

ABOHELA I, HAMZA N, DUDEK S. (2013) “Effect of roof shape, wind direction, building height and urban configuration on the energy yield and positioning of roof mounted wind turbine.” Renewable Energy; 50:1106-1118. ANDRÉ, K., L. SIMONSSON, Å. SWARTLING, B-L. LINNÉR. (2012) “Method Development for Identifying

and Analysing Stakeholders in Climate Change Adaptation Processes”, Journal of Environmental Policy &

Planning, 14:3, pp. 243-261.

ARDENTE,F., BECCALI,M., CELLURA,M., MISTRETTA M. (2011) “Energy and environmental benefits in

public buildings as a result of retrofit actions” Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, Volume 15,

Issue 1, January 2011,Pages 460-470.

Page 167: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 166

ASCIONE, F., ROSSI, F., VANOLI, G.P. (2011) “Energy retrofit of historical buildings: theoretical

and experimental investigations for the modelling of reliable performance scenarios”, Energy and

Buildings 43 (2011) 1925–1936.

ASHRAE (2010) “GreenGuide. The Design, Construction, and Operation of Sustainable Buildings”

ASHRAE (2011) “Advanced energy design guide for small to medium office buildings”

ASHRAE 189.1-2011 “Standard forthe Design of High-Performance Green Buildings”

ASHRAE 90.1-2013 “Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings”

ASHRAE (2014) “District Heating Guide”

AVDELIDIS, N.P., MOROPOULOU, A. (2004) “Applications of infrared thermography for the investigation

of historic structures”, Journal of Cultural Heritage 5 (2004) 119–127

BALLEJOS, L., C. AND J. M. MONTAGNA (2008) “Method for stakeholder identification in

interorganizational environments”, Requirement Engineering, 13(4), pp. 281-297.

BEEP (2014) Building Energy Efficiency Policies database. available at:

http://www.sustainablebuildingscentre.org/pages/beep; 2014.01.28

BOROSNYÓI, A. (2014): “Diagnostics of structures” (in Hungarian), Presentation slides,

http://www.epito.bme.hu/eat/oktatas/feltoltesek/BMEEOEMMAT1/eoemmat1_2014-02-10_.pdf,

4/22/2014

BOROSNYÓI, A., KAUSAY, T., SZILÁGYI, K., TÓTH, E. (2014): “Diagnostics of structures” (in Hungarian),

Study aid, Homlokzati falszerkezetek diagnosztikája,

http://www.epito.bme.hu/eat/oktatas/feltoltesek/BMEEOEMMAT1/eoemmat1_szerkezetek_diagnoszti

kaja.pdf

BPIE (2011) “Europe’s buildings under the microscope”. http://www.bpie.eu/uploads/lib/document/attachment/21/LR_EU_B_under_microscope_study.pdf BRE (2011) Building Research Establishment. “Site layout planning for daylight and sunlight. A guide to

good practice”. BR 209. BRE, Garston, 2011.

BRYSON, J. (1995) “Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations” (rev. edition), San

Francisco, CA: Jossey- Bass.

R. BUCKMINSTER FULLER (in collaboration with E.J. Applewhite and contribution Arthur L. Loeb) (1975)

“Synergetics: Explorations in the Geometry of Thinking”, Macmillan.

BUILDINGSDATA (2014) http://www.buildingsdata.eu/country-factsheets; 2014.01.28

Page 168: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 167

CACCAVELLI, D., GUGERLI, H. TOBUS (2002) – “European diagnosis and decision-making tool for office building upgrading” Energy and Buildings 34 113–119. CHANTRELLE FP, LAHMIDI H, KEILHOLZ W, MANKIBI ME, MICHEL P. (2011) “Development of a multicriteria tool for optimizing the renovation of buildings”. Applied Energy 2011;88(4):1386–94.

CHIDIAC, S.E., CATANIA, E.J.C., MOROFSKY, E., FOO, S. (2011) “Effectiveness of single and multiple energy

retrofit measures on the energy consumption of office buildings” Energy 36 (2011) 5037–5052.

CLIMATE STRATEGIES (2010) “Financing Energy Efficiency Building Retrofits: International Policy and

Business Model Review and Regulatory Alternatives for Spain”, Madrid.

Co2olBricks – Refurbishment for the energy effi ciency of historic buildings in member states in the

Baltic Sea Region – Baltic Sea Reagion Programme 2007-2013, European Commission.

COMMISSION DELEGATED REGULATION (EU) No 811/2013 of 18 February 2013 supplementing Directive 2010/30/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to the energy labelling of space heaters, combination heaters, packages of space heater, temperature control and solar device and packages of combination heater, temperature control and solar device. Downloaded from: http://eur-

lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=OJ:L:2013:239:TOC

COMMISSION REGULATION (EU) No 206/2012 of 6 March 2012 implementing Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to ecodesign requirements for air conditioners and comfort fans. Downloaded from: http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/ALL/?uri=CELEX:32012R0206

COMMISSION DELEGATED REGULATION (EU) No 812/2013 of 18 February 2013 supplementing Directive 2010/30/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to the energy labelling of water heaters, hot water storage tanks and packages of water heater and solar device. Downloaded from: http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32013R0812

COMMISSION DELEGATED REGULATION (EU) No 874/2012 of 12 July 2012 supplementing Directive 2010/30/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to energy labelling of electrical lamps and luminaires. Downloaded from: http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-

content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32012R0874&from=en COMMISSION DELEGATED REGULATION (EU) No 244/2012 of 16 January 2012 supplementing Directive 2010/31/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council on the energy performance of buildings by establishing a comparative methodology framework for calculating cost-optimal levels of minimum energy performance requirements for buildings and building elements. CONCERTED ACTION (2013a) „Implementing the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive (EPBD) - EPBD implementation in Spain”, ADENE. http://www.buildup.eu/sites/default/files/content/CA3-National-2012-Spain-ei.pdf

Page 169: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 168

CONCERTED ACTION (2013b) „Implementing the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive (EPBD) - EPBD implementation in Sweden”, ADENE, http://www.buildup.eu/sites/default/files/content/CA3-National-2012-Sweden-ei.pdf

CSÍK Á, BALÁZS J, CSOKNYAI T, SZALAY Zs. (2013) “An Expert System for Optimizing the Retrofit of

Building Envelopes.” Proceedings of the 39th IAHS World Congress on Housing Sciences 17-20

September 2013, Milan.

CSÍK Á. (2014). “An Expert System for the Cost-Optimal Refurbishment of Buildings”. Advanced

Materials Research 899, 599-604.

DIAKAKI C, GRIGOROUDIS E, KOLOKOTSA D. (2008) “Towards a multi-objective optimization

approach for improving energy efficiency in buildings.” Energy and Buildings 2008;40(9):1747–54.

DIRECTIVE 2010/31/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 19 May 2010 on the

energy performance of buildings (recast).

DIXON, T., EAMES, M., BRITNELL, J., WATSON, G.B., HUN, M. (2013) “Urban retrofitting: Identifying

disruptive and sustaining technologies using performative and foresight techniques” -Technological

Forecasting and Social Change.

EDEN, C. AND ACKERMANN, F. (1998) “Making Strategy: The Journey of Strategic Management”,

London: Sage Publications.

EHRIG, R., KRISTÖFEL, C., POINTNER, C. (2011) “Operating figures, quality parameters and investment

costs for district heating systems.”

ENERGINET (2012) “Technology data for energy plants”. Available at:

http://www.energinet.dk/SiteCollectionDocuments/Danske%20dokumenter/Forskning/Technology_dat

a_for_energy_plants.pdf

EPEC (2013) “Energy Efficient Street Lighting”. European Expertise PPP Centre

http://www.eib.org/epec/ee/documents/factsheet-street-lighting.pdf

Erhorn-Kluttig H., Erhorn, H., Lahmidi, H., Anderson, R. (2010) „Airtightness requirements for high

performance building envelopes” Available at: http://www.asiepi.eu/fileadmin/files/WP5/Erhorn-

Kluttig_Airtightness_requirements_for_HP_buildings_10_09_09.pdf

EURIMA (2007) http://www.eurima.org/index.php?page=u-values-in-europe; 2014.01.28

Euroheat and Power Task Force Customer Installations (2011) “District Heating in Buildings” Available:

http://www.euroheat.org/Files/Filer/documents/Publications/District%20Heating%20in%20buildings_fi

nal.pdf

Page 170: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 169

EVARISTO, J.R., R. SCUDDER, K.C. DESOUZA, O. SATO (2004) “A dimensional analysis of geographically

distributed project teams: a case study”, Eng Technol Manag 21(3), pp. 175-189.

EVINS R, POINTER P, BURGESS S. (2012) “Multi-objective optimisation of a modular building for different

climate types”. In: Proceedings of the building simula- tion and optimisation.

EVINS, R. (2013). "A review of computational optimisation methods applied to sustainable building design". Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 22, 230–245. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2013.02.004

FANGER P.O. (1982) “Thermal comfort, analysis and applications in environmental engineering” Florida,

Robert E. Kreiger Publishing Co.

FERRANTE, A. (2014) “Energy retrofit to nearly zero and socio-oriented urban environments in the Mediterranean climate” Sustainable Cities and Society. GREEN SOLAR CITIES (2008) “Deliverable 1: Stakeholder Analysis”, OBT Research Institute & Delft

University of Technology.

Guidelines accompanying Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 244/2012 of 16 January 2012

supplementing Directive 2010/31/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council on the energy

performance of buildings by establishing a comparative methodology framework for calculating cost-

optimal levels of minimum energy performance requirements for buildings and building elements

(2012/C 115/01)

GUINEÉ J. (Ed.) (2002) “Handbook on Life Cycle Assessment. Operational guide to the ISO standards”.

Kluwer Academic Publishers Dordrecht, The Netherlands.

GUSTAFSSON, S. “Sensitivity analysis of building energy retrofits”, Applied Energy 61 (1998) 13–23. HAVES, P. (): “Overview of Diagnostic Methods, Diagnostics for Commercial Buildings: Research to

Practice”, Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory

HESTNES,A.G., KOFOED, N.U. (2002) “Effective retrofitting scenarios for energy efficiency and comfort:

results of the design and evaluation activities within the OFFICE project” Building and Environment,

Volume 37, Issue 6, June 2002, Pages 569-574.

HORVÁTH, S.; SZALAY, Zs. (2011) “Demolish or retrofit? Decision-making based on life cycle assessment

scenarios”. In: Proceedings, Ökosan 11 – International conference on high quality thermal retrofit of

large-volume buildings, September 2011, Graz, Ausztria, AEE-INTEC. pp. 95-103.

HOUSE, J. M., KELLY, G. E. (2000): “An overview of building diagnostics”, Building and Fire Research

Laboratory, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD, 20899 USA.

Page 171: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 170

HÖPPE, P. (1999) “The physiological equivalent temperature – a universal index for the

biometeorological assessment of the thermal environment”. International Journal of Biometeorology,

43, 71-75. Retrieved from http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s004840050118#page-1)

HUBER, J. & NYTSCH- GEUSEN, C. (2011). “Development of Modeling and Simulation Strategies for Large-

scale Urban Districts”. (Conference Proceedings) Retrieved from

http://www.ibpsa.org/proceedings/BS2011/P_1569.pdf

IEA-ECBCS (2010) Annex 41 “Guidebook on energy Efficient electric lighting for buildungs summary

report”

IEA-SHC (2010) Annex 44 “Advanced and sustainable housing renovation”

JAGGS, M., PALMER, J. “Energy performance indoor environmental quality retrofit – a European diagnosis and decision making method for building refurbishment”, Energy and Buildings 31 (2000) 97–101. KAKLAUSKAS, A., ZAVADSKAS, E.K., RASLANAS, S. (2005) “Multivariant design and multiple criteria analysis of building refurbishments” Energy and Buildings 37 361–372. KREITH, F., GOSWAMI, D.Y. “Energy Management and Conservation Handbook” CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, Boca Raton, Florida, USA, 2008. KURNITSKI ET AL. (2011) “How to define nearly net zero energy buildings nZEB – REHVA proposal for

uniformed national implementation of EPBD recast”, REHVA Journal, May 2011.

LEDO L, KOSASIH PB & COOPER P. (2011) “Roof mounting site analysis for micro-wind turbines”

Renewable Energy; 36:1379-1391.

LEE, A.H.W “Verification of electrical energy savings for lighting retrofits using short- and long-term monitoring”, Energy Conversion and Management 41 (2000) 1999–2008. LESKOVAR VE, PREMROV M. “An approach in architectural design of energy- efficient timber buildings with a focus on the optimal glazing size in the south-oriented facade.” Energy and Buildings 2011;43(12):3410–8. LIU Q, MIAO Q, LIU JJ & YANG W. (2009) “Solar and wind energy resources and prediction”. Journal of

Renewable and Sustainable Energy American Institute of Physics; 1:43-105.

MA, Z., COOPER, P., DALY, D., Ledo, L. (2012) “Existing building retrofits: Methodology and state-of-the-

art” Energy and Buildings, Volume 55, December 2012, Pages 889-902

MEDGYASSZAY, P; SZALAY Zs: “Optimization of building envelope components based on life cycle

environmental impacts and costs”. Advanced Materials Research Vol. 899 (2014) pp 93-98, Trans Tech

Publications, Switzerland, doi:10.4028/www.scientific.net/AMR.899.93

Page 172: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 171

MEJRI, O., BARRIO, E.P.D., GHRAB-MORCOS, N., “Energy performance assessment of occupied buildings

using model identification techniques” Energy and Buildings 43 (2011) 285–299.

MENASSA, C.C. “Evaluating sustainable retrofits in existing buildings under Uncertainty”, Energy and Buildings 43 (2011) 3576–3583. MOORE, R.W.: “Tracer Gas Test Methods to Diagnose Ventilation-Related Indoor Environmental Quality

Problems”, Boelter & Yates, Inc, Presented by Catherine E. Simmons, CIH Park Ridge, Illinois

MURRAY, S.N., Rocher, B., O’SULLIVAN, D.T.J. (2012) “Static Simulation A sufficient modelling technique

for retrofit analysis” Energy and Buildings 47 113–121.

NICOL, F., & WILSON, M. (2010) “An overview of the European Standard EN 15251”. Conference

Proceeding. Retrieved from http://nceub.commoncense.info/uploads/16-01-02-Nicol.pdf)

OECD. OECD/IEA (2001a) “Joint Workshop on Sustainable Building Policies; summary of discussions,

conclusions and contributed papers”, OECD.

OECD. (2001b). “Restructuring Public Utilities for Competition”. Retrieved from

http://www.oecd.org/competition/sectors/19635977.pdf

PEIPPO K, LUND PD, VARTIAINEN E. (1999) “Multivariate optimization of design trade- offs for solar low

energy buildings”. Energy and Buildings 1999;29(2): 189–205.

PEREZ, D. (2014). “A framework to model and simulate the disaggregated energy flows supplying

buildings in urban areas.” (Doctoral Thesis) Retrieved from

http://infoscience.epfl.ch/record/197073/files/EPFL_TH6102.pdf

PERNODET F, LAHMIDI H, MICHEL P. (2009) “Use of genetic algorithms for multicriteria optimization of

building refurbishment”. In: Proceedings of the building simulation.

POEL,B. CRUCHTEN, G.V., BALARAS, C.A. (2007) “Energy performance assessment of existing dwellings”

Energy and Buildings 39 (2007) 393–403.

PV-GIS, JRC: http://re.jrc.ec.europa.eu/pvgis/apps4/pvest.php (last accessed 2014, July)

RAFTERY,P., KEANE, M., O’DONNELL J. (2011) “Calibrating whole building energy models: An evidence-

based methodology” Energy and Buildings, Volume 43, Issue 9, September 2011, Pages 2356-2364

REMER, D.S., Nieto, A.P. (1995) “A compendium and comparison of 25 project evaluation techniques. Part 1.- Net present value and rate of return methods” International Journal of Production Economics 42, 79–96. RICHALET, V., NEIRAC, F.P., TELLEZ, F., MARCO, J., BLOEM, J.J. (2001) “HELP (house energy labelling procedure): methodology and present results” Energy and Buildings 33, 229–233.

Page 173: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 172

ROVERS, R., SMITS, A., GEET, C., OOSTERHEERT, R., KLINCKENBERG, F (2002). “Sustainable housing

polices in Europe”, The 3rd European ministers conference on sustainable housing.

RYSANEK, A.M.,CHOUDHARY, R. (2012) “A decoupled whole-building simulation engine or rapid exhaustive search of ow-carbon and low-energy building refurbishment options” Building and Environment, Volume 50, April 2012, Pages 21-33. SANTAMOURIS, M., DASCALAKI, E. (2002) “Passive retrofitting of office buildings to improve their energy performance and indoor environment: the OFFICE project” Building and Environment 37, 575–578. SAP (2009) Standard Assessment Procedure for Energy Rating of Dwellings. United Kingdom. http://www.boilers.org.uk/pages/sap2009.htm SMARTREGIONS (2013) “Smart metering - the key to better energy management”. Smart Metering Guide. Retrieved from http://www.smartregions.net/buildings) STEEMERS, K. (2003) “Energy and the City: density, buildings and transport” in Energy and Buildings Vol. 35 pp.3-14 SZALAY (2008) “The Requirement System of the Hungarian Directive on the Energy Performance of Buildings”. In: Periodica Politechnica Architecture, BME, 39/2, pp. 41-48. http://www.pp.bme.hu/ar/article/viewFile/30/30

SZALAY Zs.,CSÍK, Á., BALÁZS, J., BOTZHEIM, J. (2013) “The ‘Deep Blue’ Challenge - Human Architects

vs. Computer Aided Optimization in the Design of Cost-efficient Building Retrofit.” PLEA2013 - 29th

Conference, Sustainable Architecture for a Renewable Future, Munich, Germany 10-12 September

2013, old.: p. 4.

TUHUS-DUBROW D, KRARTI M. (2010) “Genetic-algorithm based approach to optimize building

envelope design for residential buildings.” Building and Environment 2010;45(7):1574–81.

VOOGT J. (2014) “How researchers measure urban heat islands?”

http://www.epa.gov/heatislands/resources/pdf/EPA_How_to_measure_a_UHI.pdf; 2014.04.25

UNGER, J. (2006) “Modelling of the annual mean maximum urban heat island using 2D and 3D

surface parameters” Climate Research Vol. 30: 215–226, 2006

ÜRGE-VORSATZ, D., PETRICHENKO, K., ANTAL, M., LABELLE, M., STANIEC, M., OZDEN, E., & LABZINA, E.

(2012): “Best Practice Policies for Low Carbon & Energy Buildings” Global Buildings Performance

Network.

VAN DER MEER, B.: “Blower Door Testing”, The Pennsylvania Housing Research Center.

VERBEECK, G., HENS,H. (2005) “Energy savings in retrofitted dwellings: economically viable?” Energy and Buildings, Volume 37, Issue 7, July 2005, Pages 747-754.

Page 174: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 173

WANG W, RIVARD H, ZMEUREANU RG. (2003) “Optimizing building design with respect to life-cycle environmental impacts.” In: Proceedings of the building simulation. WANG W, ZMEUREANU R, RIVARD H. (2005) “Applyingmulti-objective genetic algorithms in green building design optimization”. Building and Environment 2005;40. WANG, B., XIA,X., ZHANG, J. (2014) “A Multi-Objective Optimization Model for the Life-cycle Cost

Analysis and Retrofitting Planning of Buildings” Energy and Buildings, In Press, Accepted

Manuscript, Available online 24 March 2014.

WBCSD (WORLD BUSINESS COUNCIL FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT) (2008) “Facts & Trends: Energy

efficiency in Buildings”, business realities and opportunities.

WBCSD 2010, “Roadmap for a transformation of energy use in buildings”

WELTER, R., TREPTE, F., HILKA, C., ALLOCCO, A., TOURÉ, A., & DEMONTIGNY, M. (2011).

“Financial reporting in the power and utilities industry - International Financial Reporting Standards”.

Retrieved from http://www.pwc.com/id/en/publications/assets/utilities-ifrs.pdf

XING,Y., HEWITT,N., GRIFFITHS P. (2011) “Zero carbon buildings refurbishment––A Hierarchical

pathway” Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews,Volume 15, Issue 6,August 2011,Pages 3229-3236

Websites The Engineering ToolBox: http://www.engineeringtoolbox.com/boiler-efficiency-d_438.html

IEEE (2014) http://smartgrid.ieee.org/ieee-smart-grid; 2014.04.30. SMARTGRID (2014) https://www.smartgrid.gov/the_smart_grid; 2014.04.29.

U.S. Department of Energy Utility-Scale Land Based 80-Meter Wind Maps.

http://apps2.eere.energy.gov/wind/windexchange/wind_maps.asp

13- ANNEXES

Page 175: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 174

ANNEX 1. Key Performance indicators

Level I: Elements Unit

Building structures Thermal transmittance of opaque structures W/m2K

Thermal transmittance of transparent structures W/m2K

Heating system Efficiency of space heater %

Cooling system Efficiency of cooling %

Hot water system Efficiency of water heater %

Losses due to pipes/storage tanks and control system kWh/yr

Energy consumption of fans kWh/yr

Lighting system Lighting efficiency %

Lighting control y/n

Equipment and appliances Energy use kWh/yr

Level II: Building

Energy balance Heat transfer coefficient W/K

Airtightness 1/h

Energy need for heating kWh/yr

Energy need for cooling kWh/yr

Energy use Space heating kWh/yr

Space cooling kWh/yr

Hot water kWh/yr

Ventilation kWh/yr

Lighting kWh/yr

Other services kWh/yr

Primary energy demand Space heating kWh/m2yr

Space cooling kWh/m2yr

Hot water kWh/m2yr

Ventilation kWh/m2yr

Lighting kWh/m2yr

Other services kWh/m2yr

Environmental impacts Climate Change, GWP kg CO2-eq/yr

Acidification, AP kg SO2-eq/yr

Ozone depletion, ODP kg CFC-11-eq/yr

Eutrophication, EP kg PO43-eq/yr

Photochemical Oxidant, POCP kg C2H4-eq/yr

Cumulative Energy Demand, CED kWh/yr

Energy costs Space heating EUR/yr

Space cooling EUR/yr

Page 176: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 175

Hot water EUR/yr

Ventilation EUR/yr

Lighting EUR/yr

Other services EUR/yr

Comfort Thermal comfort

Indoor air quality

Visual comfort

Renewable Energy Use Solar energy use kWh/yr

Wind energy use kWh/yr

Geothermal energy use kWh/yr

Biomass energy use kWh/yr

Building managament Existence of BMS Y/N

Level III: District

Total energy demand Heating energy demand kWh/yr

Cooling energy demand kWh/yr

Energy demand for hot water kWh/yr

Electricity demand kWh/yr

Renewable Energy Use Solar energy kWh/yr

Wind energy kWh/yr

Geothermal energy kWh/yr

Biomass energy kWh/yr

District heating/cooling Existence of District Heating Network (percentage of serviced floor area) %

District heating capacity MW

Utilized capacity %

Distance to district heating station m

System losses kWh/yr

Efficiency of existing district heating plant %

Energy density kWh/yr m2

Microclimate Urban Heat Island °C

Information technology Smart grid availability Y/N

Page 177: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 176

ANNEX 2. Levels of energy efficiency legislation in Europe

Page 178: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 177

ANNEX 3. Stakeholders’ analysis – description of excel tool

Background

This appendix provides instructions and guidelines for doing a stakeholder analysis and is intended to

be used in the pilot projects in A2PBEER as well as in other retrofitting projects for public

buildings/districts. The aim of the stakeholder analysis is to identify all stakeholders that have an

influence on the energy demand in a public building/district and to analyse their interests.

Instructions for stakeholder analysis

The developed methodology for stakeholder analysis for retrofitting projects is based on the existing

literature regarding stakeholder analysis, see also Chapter 6.2.1. The proposed stakeholder analysis

has four different steps:

1. Identification of relevant stakeholders with an impact on energy demand and energy use.

2. Stakeholders’ needs and requirements

3. Assessing and analysing stakeholders power/interest

4. Further investigation of the stakeholders requirements through questionnaires

The steps are described in detail in Chapter 6.2.2. For step 1-3 use the Excel-tool A2PBEER

Stakeholder analysis Tool, for step 4 use the questionnaires in Annex 4 and 5.

Excel-tool Stakeholder analysis

An Excel-tool for stakeholder analysis has been developed in Task 2.5 A2PBEER, please see A2PBEER

Stakeholder analysis Tool. Fill in your analysis in sheet Stakeholder analysis Template.

Page 179: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.5 Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology 178

In the sheet Stakeholder analysis example you will find an example from the generic stakeholder

analysis.

Page 180: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.1 Public Building and District Characterization and Diagnosis Towards Identification of Common Retrofitting Approaches

179

ANNEX 4. – Questionnaire to stakeholder – Building Owner

General

Main purpose of retrofitting project:

Building maintainance

Adjustments/adaptation by request from current user

Adjustments/adaptation for new user

Energy efficiency

Other, please specify: _______________________________

Future district characteristics

Will the retrofitting project affect or change the main functions of the surrounding that the building is

located in:

If yes, please describe:

Yes

No

Not decided

Building type/function

Will the main function and/or the additional functions of the building be changed after retrofitting?

If yes, please describe:

Yes

No

Not decided

Before retrofitting

After retrofitting

Area of main function m2 m2

Area of other functions m2 m2

Page 181: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.1 Public Building and District Characterization and Diagnosis Towards Identification of Common Retrofitting Approaches

180

Usage

Future use of the building

Will the retrofitting project affect or change the main usage of the building?

If yes, please describe:

Yes

No

Not decided

Before retrofitting After retrofitting

Number of occupants

Occupancy schedule Mon-Fri H H

Occupancy schedule Sat-Sun H H

Importance of indoor parameters

How important are the following indoor parameters in the building for you as a building owner after

retrofitting? Scale: (Important 5, not important 1)

5 4 3 2 1

Thermal comfort

Air quality

Sound conditions

Day- and sunlight conditions

Lighting

Specific requirements regarding indoor parameters

No specific requriements

Specific requirements

Indoor air temperature in summer °C

Indoor air temperature in winter °C

Ventilation rate l/s/person

Indoor noise level dB

Indoor air humidity %

Indoor lighting level lux

Other, please specify:

Page 182: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.1 Public Building and District Characterization and Diagnosis Towards Identification of Common Retrofitting Approaches

181

Future Energy systems

Characteristics of energy systems

Which characteristics of the buildings energy system are important to maintain or possible to change in

the retrofitting project? Please mark X for the relevant choise. If you can specify, please do so in the last

column.

Envelope Maintain Possible to Change Specify:

Façade - outside

Façade - inside

Glazing/Windows

Solar/shading devices

Lighting system

Fixtures

Zoning

Control strategy

Heating system

Type of heating system

Type of boiler

Zoning

Controllability

Cooling system

Type of cooling system

Type of cooling equipment

Zoning

Controllability

Ventilation system

Type of ventilation system

Type of ventilation equipment

Controllability

Domestic hot water system (DHW)

Type of DHW system

Type of DHW boiler

Other systems

Building management systems

On site renewables

Connection to district infrastructure

Heating

Cooling

Page 183: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.1 Public Building and District Characterization and Diagnosis Towards Identification of Common Retrofitting Approaches

182

Energy use

Vision/goals for energy use

Does the building owner have a vision/goal for the future energy use in the retrofitting project?

If yes, please describe:

Yes

No

Not decided

Main strategy

Does the building owner have a main strategy for the energy use in the retrofitting project?

Yes No Not decided

If yes, main strategy?

Reduce energy demand

Integration of RES (renewable energy sources)

Sharing onsite energy generation surplus of buildings with the rest of the district.

Other, please specify: ___________________________________________________

Specification of goals for energy use.

Do the building owner have specific goals regarding energy use in the retrofitting project:

Yes No Not decided If yes, specify,

Reduction of energy use

___________%

Main energy source

___________

Generated power from renewables

___________ kWh (year)

Primary energy demand

___________ kWh/m2(year)

Final energy demand

___________ kWh/m2(year)

Embodied energy

___________ kWh

Other, please specify:

Page 184: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.1 Public Building and District Characterization and Diagnosis Towards Identification of Common Retrofitting Approaches

183

Aesthetic requirements

Outdoor parameters

How important are the following outdoor aestetic characteristics of the building for you as a building

owner after retrofitting? Scale: (Important 5, not important 1)

5 4 3 2 1

Appealing Façade

Large areas of windows/glazing

Would you accept solar cells/panels or small windturbines on your façade or roof?

Yes

No

Not decided

Indoor parameters

How important are the following indoor aestetic characteristics of the building for you as a building

owner after retrofitting? Scale: (Important 5, not important 1)

5 4 3 2 1

Appealing inside of the façade

Daylight

Artificial light

Flexibility to be able to adapt to future

changes in the activities in the building

Page 185: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.1 Public Building and District Characterization and Diagnosis Towards Identification of Common Retrofitting Approaches

184

ANNEX 5. – Questionnaire to stakeholder – Building User

General information about the user

User: Organisation name

First occupancy date

Building type/function

Please describe the main functions and activities of your organsisation in the building:

Will the function and activities of your organisation be the same directly after the retrofitting project?

If no, please describe:

Yes

No

Before retrofitting After retrofitting

Area of main function m2 m2

Area of other functions m2 m2

Do you know today if the function and activities of your organisation will change in a nearby future?

If yes, please describe:

Yes

No

Don´t know

Page 186: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.1 Public Building and District Characterization and Diagnosis Towards Identification of Common Retrofitting Approaches

185

Usage

Future use of the building

Before retrofitting After retrofitting Number of occupants in your organisation

Occupancy schedule Mon-Fri H H

Occupancy schedule Sat-Sun H H

Importance of indoor parameters

How important are the following indoor parameters in the building for you as a user after retrofitting?

Scale: (Important 5, not important 1)

5 4 3 2 1

Thermal comfort

Air quality

Sound conditions

Day- and sunlight conditions

Lighting

Specific requirements regarding indoor parameters

No specific requriements

Specific requirements

Indoor air temperature in summer °C

Indoor air temperature in winter °C

Ventilation rate l/s/person

Indoor noise level dB

Indoor air humidity %

Indoor lighting level lux

Other, please specify:

Page 187: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.1 Public Building and District Characterization and Diagnosis Towards Identification of Common Retrofitting Approaches

186

Energy use and energy systems

Requirements on energy use

How important are the following energy use parameters for you as a user:

(Important 5, not important 1)

5 4 3 2 1 Specify, if possible

Reduction of energy use

Type of energy source

Use of renewable energy sources

How important are your opportunity to be able to control the energy systems in your part of the

building? (Important 5, not important 1)

Control over 5 4 3 2 1 Specify, if possible

Windows

Solar shading

Heating

Ventilation

Cooling systems

Specification of requirements regarding energy use

Do your organisation have any other requiremenst regarding the energy use of the builing?

Please specify:

Page 188: Definition of a Systemic Public Building and District Retrofitting Methodology · 2015-05-03 · D2. Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

Affordable and Adaptable Public Buildings

through Energy Efficient Retrofitting

D2.5

A2PBEER GA nº.: 609060

D2.1 Public Building and District Characterization and Diagnosis Towards Identification of Common Retrofitting Approaches

187

Aesthetic requirements

Outdoor parameters

How important are the following outdoor aestetic characteristics of the building for you as a user after

retrofitting? Scale: (Important 5, not important 1)

5 4 3 2 1

Appealing Façade

Large areas of windows/glazing

Would you accept solar cells/panels or small windturbines on your façade or roof?

Yes

No

Not decided

Indoor parameters

How important are the following indoor aestetic characteristics of the building for you as a user after

retrofitting? Scale: (Important 5, not important 1)

5 4 3 2 1

Appealing inside of the façade

Daylight

Artificial light

Flexibility to be able to adapt to future

changes in the activities in the building